Tribes Travel brochure

Seriously special tailor made holidays wildlife, nature, culture & pure relaxation in Africa, Asia, Middle East and South America

Tailor made wildlife, nature and cultural holidays

See the world in a different light The original Fair Trade Travel TM company

CONTENT About Tribes Travel

Pages 4 - 5

The art of travelling with respect

Pages 6 - 7

Experiences & special interests

Pages 8 - 9

Tailor made travel

Page 9

Where to go when

Page 147

AFRICA Botswana

Pages 10 - 18

Kenya Pages 19 - 30 Malawi Pages 31- 33 Mauritius

Pages 34 - 37

Mozambique

Pages 38 - 40

Rwanda Pages 41 - 43 South Africa

Pages 44 - 55

Tanzania Pages 56 - 71 Uganda Pages 72 - 75 Zambia Pages 76 - 84 SOUTH AMERICA Brazil Pages 85 - 90 Ecuador Pages 91 - 98 Galapagos Islands

Pages 99 - 105

Peru Pages 106 - 116 ASIA & THE MIDDLE EAST India Pages 117 - 129 Nepal Pages 130 - 133 Morocco Pages 134 - 141 Jordan Pages 142 - 146

Cover shots: Camping at Amboseli Porini, Kenya. Tiger at Kanha, India.

Weaver in Patacancha, Peru (Š Awamaki). Paradise Cove, Mauritius.

This page: White-throated bee-eaters in Zambia

I

started Tribes 15 years ago. Travel was a personal passion and I delighted in being able to share my knowledge with my (initially

very few!) clients.

Over the years the company has grown in size but we are still familyrun and independent, and still follow the same simple ethos: we want you to have the very best holiday experience possible, and we try to ensure that travel is sustainable.

I am proud to have a superb team of people alongside me. We aim always to offer the best quality service, and it is important to us all that this service is personal. We listen to you and try very hard to give you the experience you’re looking for. Since we’re independent, we are free to recommend any accommodation or service we choose – as long as we think it is good enough. My team and I travel regularly to update our knowledge of the places we recommend, and this expertise is available to you.

I guess we must be doing something right as many of our travellers come back to us again and again!

My thanks to all the people who have chosen to travel with us in the past - we look forward to planning more exciting trips for you again.

And we also look forward to welcoming new travellers to Tribes – we can’t wait to show you some incredible parts of the world.

Best wishes

Amanda Marks Managing Director

Tribes Travel The Old Dairy Wood Farm, Ipswich Road Otley Suffolk IP6 9JW

Telephone: 01473 890499 Fax: 01473 890592 Email: info@tribes.co.uk Website:

www.tribes.co.uk

Office Hours Monday to Friday: 9am to 5.30pm We close on bank holidays.

This brochure should be read in conjunction with the Booking & Price Guide insert for terms and conditions, photo credits, and other important information.

5

www.Tribes.co.uk

Introduction

About Tribes Travel

Spa retreat at Swaswara, India

company owned and run by Amanda and Guy Marks. They founded the company in January 1998 and are backed by a small, committed team of travel professionals who have a passion for what they are doing. We

The depth and breadth of “knowledge of the Tribes team is

and transfers. You get the holiday you want: right time, right place, right

The Environmentalist:

accommodation, right experience.

Prof David Bellamy: “Tribes Travel will make a great global role model for other small tour operators. They have successfully combined the wish-lists of discerning tourists with the needs of local communities worldwide. Responsible tourism principles such as these are vital if we are to protect biodiversity and cultural diversity for generations to come.”

really do know the places that we sell.

From the very beginning, the company’s central tenet was to offer holidays which were inspiring to travellers but also brought benefits to the local people, wildlife and environment of the destination.

We work with partners on the ground in each destination. So not only are you getting the

What we can do for you • Tailor make all aspects of your holiday from flights to accommodation, guides

• Offer a personal service. The person you

expertise of our UK consultants, you are also

initially talk to will usually be your personal

buying the expert knowledge of individuals in

consultant and guide you through the

the destination country. We closely vet all the

enquiring, booking and travel process

people, companies and lodges we work with.

from start to finish. Each consultant has a particular area of expertise, gained through personal travels or living in a destination, and from annual research trips for the company.

• Give you 100% financial protection as we are bonded with ATOL and AITO. • Provide information such as a specific itinerary and costing for your ideal holiday.

Chimp trekking in Uganda

6

www.Tribes.co.uk

What people say about us The Client: “In a world where you expect things to go wrong before they go right, Tribes is a beacon of light. You dealt with us in a professional manner that goes beyond exemplary. Having worked in the long haul travel industry B understands better than most the immense effort involved in attaining and maintaining such high service levels, especially when operating in that part of the world where chaos traditionally reigns supreme. You should be very proud of what you have achieved”. B & T Neal

really impressive. Their ability to tailor make a holiday that meets your needs is second to none

“

Tribes is an independent specialist travel

Adventure. Comfort. Authenticity.

The Press: Tribes’ founder, Amanda Marks, was proud to be listed in The Times “50 People to Know in Travel”. Travel editor Cath Urquhart said all the listed people “have created something new and interesting in their specialist field, and their companies and services are ones that every traveller should know about”.

Tribes also offers a range of good value, set departure holidays.

Ask for our separate brochure or have a look at the website. www.downtoearthholidays.com

Why book with us?

Excellent company reputation • Owner-run independent company founded in 1998, with multiple international awards.

• Very high client satisfaction rating. Read some of our (unedited) client reviews in this brochure and also on our website.

• Member of AITO (Association of Independent Tour Operators), we follow the Quality Charter.

People who really want to help you • The team provides a personal and friendly service based on excellent (constantly updated) knowledge and passion for the places we sell.

• We listen to what you want and share our knowledge and expertise.

• Our consultants do not work on commission. Our advice is impartial and we are independent, so we put your wishes first instead of trying to sell allocations to specific hotels.

The right destination • With a huge collective world knowledge, we can help you choose the right destination.

• Whether your focus is travel on a certain date or to see/experience something specific, we can help you get to the right place at the right time.

• We promise honest impartial advice to get you to the place that will be as close as possible to your hopes and your budget.

An imaginative itinerary just for you • Your trip is planned to your specifications but with our expertise to guide you.

• Many clients find our recommendations of a balance of luxury and adventure ideal.

• Let us advise you about unusual and unique things to do and places to go.

• When you receive your free quote, if it is not right, we talk with you and tweak until it is!

Value for money • We are not always the cheapest (nor indeed the most expensive!) but we do know that our clients want value for money and we believe we offer this.

• We have no wish to sell you a holiday that is not right for you. We work on a high level of repeat and recommended bookings, so we want happy travellers!

• We always try to stick as closely as possible to your budget. If we can not achieve this, we will tell you honestly.

Your protection • We are bonded with AITO and have an ATOL license for your financial protection.

• Backup services are available from us in case of problems or emergencies whilst on your travels.

• Safety Matters: we are working continuously with our suppliers to maintain and improve safety standards by seeking good practice in health and safety.

Sustainable, fair trade travel • We are the original Fair Trade TravelTM company.

7

www.Tribes.co.uk

A walking safari at Shompole, Kenya

About Tribes Travel

The art of travelling with respect

Maasai elders in northern Tanzania

The original Fair Trade Travel company

Choosing to make a difference

Not just places to stay

Since we began in 1998, we have always

We all go on holiday to make ourselves feel

recommend. We award ratings based on

stuck firmly to our philosophy of fair trade,

better, give ourselves a break or experience

efforts in conservation of environment,

ecotourism and responsible travel. It remains

something new or unusual.

wildlife, or for social responsibility.

TM

a very important aspect of our services. As acknowledged award-winning experts in this field, we are proud to offer a very high quality, personal, tailor made, responsible travel service to our clients.

Tribes rates the hotels and lodges we

Your holiday can help others at the same time as benefitting you - without this costing you any extra!

These pages explain how Tribes can help you make this difference.

So with Tribes you can choose your accommodation not just on whether it looks like a great place to stay but also whether it has a positive impact on local people, wildilfe and the environment. Some places you can stay have really pioneering attitudes or even specific projects which can really add to your experience.

Guludo beach lodge, Mozambique. Award-winning ecolodge

8

www.Tribes.co.uk

Huaorani boys in Ecuador

To fly or not to fly?

Giving to grassroots

Can travel really be sustainable if we fly to

The Tribes Foundation is a registered UK

our destination? If you go somewhere or

charity whose principle aim is to relieve the

do something you know you can make a

poverty of indigenous communities in areas

difference, then surely it’s worth it. Without

outside of the UK that are affected by tourism.

tourism, gorillas and tigers probably would not survive. Whole ecosystems and many communities would suffer too. Tourism is certainly not a panacea but responsible tourism can be a very positive force.

To offset your

health centres.

flights, 10 trees

It was set up by the directors of Tribes Travel

are planted per

in 2003. The trustees, Guy and Amanda Marks,

traveller.

apply the following aims to the charity’s funds:

This is done through The Travel Forest, a project of The Tribes Foundation. We decided to plant trees for three reasons: • Carbon offsetting: this is a hotly-debated topic but we feel that doing something is better than doing nothing.

9

The charity backs grassroots projects such as children’s orphanages, wildlife conservation and

• The relief of poverty of indigenous communities.

• The advancement of education of indigenous communities.

• To promote and preserve cultural heritage and ecological biodiversity.

• Poverty alleviation: the trees eventually bring an income to poor communities.

For more details, please see our website.

• Biodiversity & environmental improvement: the trees help prevent soil erosion and water-course damage, and encourage biodiversity.

Registered charity number: 1101766

www.the-tribes-foundation.org

Sustainable, fair trade travel Without costing you extra, your holiday can make a positive difference • We work with many unique and interesting small community initiatives offering you unmissable experiences.

Such experiences often bring muchneeded income to small villages and give you memories to treasure.

• We have done a lot of work ecorating our preferred properties so that you can choose an accommodation based on its positive impact on local people, wildlife conservation or the environment, as well as its features and facilities. We will not work with properties or services which we know exploit staff or have other negative impacts.

• Every booking with us helps The Tribes Foundation, the charity we back with admin and funding. Money for this is not added to your holiday, though all donations are most welcome and put to very good use! We back small grassroots projects in many of the countries we work, such as leopard conservation and feeding & education programmes for children.

• Simply by booking with us, 10 saplings are planted on your behalf. At the time of writing we are planting in Malawi, helping rampant deforestation of indigenous woodlands. This is a cost to Tribes, not you.

Cristallino Jungle Lodge in the Amazon, Brazil

Spotting tigers in Kanha NP, India

www.Tribes.co.uk

The art of travelling with respect

We can recommend some very special places, such as Tongabezi here, for your honeymoon

Family holidays - not just sea and sand

Walking and trekking

We can offer something for everyone when it

Spas & retreats

Sometimes we just need to get away - from

WHAT IS TAILOR MADE TRAVEL?

comes to walks and treks. From leisurely strolls

everything! Take a look at the Spas & Retreats

in the hills based at a Moroccan kasbah, to

page on our website for lots of ideas of

Tailor made means: made-to-order, bespoke, custom-made.

the challenge of reaching Everest Base Camp,

fabulous places to escape to, whether you’re

Tribes has the walking holiday or trek that is

looking for a complete ayurvedic overhaul or

right for you.

just some time in beautiful surroundings with the offer of massages and good food.

Short breaks

You’ve been working hard and need a long weekend break. Or maybe you have 4 or 5 days off and decide to go somewhere special.

We have some wonderful ideas to give you food for thought on how to use your time, often in places which are either about a 4 hour flight, or if longer, in areas where jet lag will not be an issue.

Local cultures

Our company, Tribes, is all about people.

YOUR TRIBE : We work closely with you to plan your perfect holiday experience.

OUR TRIBE : We love planning holidays which give a real insight into a country, its people and environments.

THEIR TRIBES : We work with many people throughout the world who want to share their natural resources and cultures with you.

10

www.Tribes.co.uk

On the water

From rainforest cruises to boat safaris and a yacht in the Galapagos Islands, seeing life from the water can often give an added dimension to your travel experiences. We have put together a few ideas on our website where being on the water is a focus of the activity.

Our tailor made travel service is like a personal planning service. You tell us what you want (either in detail, or give us some parameters to work within) and then we arrange services to fit your wishes, or advise you on alternatives which we think you may want to consider.

When we plan a trip for you, we ask questions to help us really understand what you are hoping for from your holiday. This way we can get as close as possible to your requirements both financially and experientially.

You can find out more on our website at www.tribes.co.uk or we are happy to talk to you via email, phone or you can visit us at our Suffolk office.

Photography

Whether stunning photographs are one of your prime reasons for travel, or if you simply love returning home with great shots of your experiences, Tribes can help you get more out of your hobby. We can recommend a professional travel photographer for personal tuition before your trip or to accompany you on your trip

Incentive travel

We help companies offer exciting, unique travel rewards for high achieving employees.

Escape to a boutique beach hotel

Experiences & special interests

Experiences & special interests

A relaxed jaguar in the Pantanal, Brazil. We really can get you close to these incredible creatures in the wild

Our holidays are mainly tailor made and since we really do know the places we sell, we can tailor our suggestions to the type of holiday your need. If you have any special interests these can be taken into account.

Honeymoons

We are delighted that many couples come to us for their honeymoon arrangements. We love helping plan honeymoons. We have been party to various subterfuges and exciting secret plans, as well as some very last minute cries for help from couples who suddenly remembered that the honeymoon wasn’t planned at all. We have been asked for a honeymoon up Mount Kilimanjaro (which went very well), but usually the requests are of a more recognisably romantic nature!

We offer a Honeymoon Gift Vouchers scheme whereby your friends and relatives can donate to the cost of your honeymoon. Feel free to ask us about this service.

Wildlife and nature

Travelling to see wildlife, or to experience a specific habitat such as the rainforest is a joy for many of us. The sight of a mountain gorilla a few feet away from you in the jungle, or a fleeting glimpse of the rare giant otter in a lake in the Amazon, is a thrill which stays with you for a long time.

Tribes consultants can help you get to the places you need to be (at the right time!) to experience the wild regions and their inhabitants.

Family holidays

Family holidays are something which Tribes loves arranging - the company owners, Guy and Amanda Marks, travel with their own young family. As with most of our services, the family holidays that we organise are tailor made. Working closely with you, we really can come up with a fantastic trip that the whole family will enjoy – whatever the ages and whatever the interests.

Sea and beach holidays

Whether you want a complete chill out holiday on a white coral beach, or somewhere to enjoy water sports and activities, we have lots of suggestions to offer.

11

www.Tribes.co.uk

Inspirational holidays: a few ideas • Andes to Amazon: Enjoy the full range of Peru’s stunning landscapes from walks and train trips at the heights of Cusco and Machu Picchu to boat trips on Amazonian tributaries in the rainforest. Culture, history, wildlife and nature.

• Rivers & Rainbows of Africa: Don’t overlook the ‘green season’ in Africa. It’s lush, the wildlife can still be excellent, and it is great value for money. Zambia’s South Luangwa National Park is a particularly good choice at this time, as is Botswana.

• Tigers & Taj or Spa: Take a safari to two of India’s best tiger reserves, Kanha and Bandhavgarh, for your very best chance of spotting a tiger. Then perhaps head for a relaxing spa retreat (India does them very well!) or maybe enjoy the sights of the Golden Triangle, including the Taj Mahal.

• Magical Marrakech: It is only about 4 hours flight from the UK yet it’s another world. Enjoy truly gorgeous traditional ‘riad’ accommodation, shopping in the medina, perhaps learning to cook (but certainly tasting) fabulous Moroccan dishes, and generally chilling out in an incredible city.

• Galapagos wildlife: If you’re into wildlife, a Galapagos cruise is one of those ‘must do’ holidays. Combine it with time in Ecuador (perhaps at Andean haciendas or in the jungle), or maybe take in Peru on the same journey.

• A classic safari: Whether it’s Tanzania, Kenya or elsewhere in Africa, a safari can be one of the most exciting trips you will ever have. Let us tell you more.

BOTSWANA The Okavango Delta, Chobe, the Kalahari ... stunning wildlife in true wilderness If you are looking for a stunning wilderness and wildlife experience, look no further than Botswana. The wildlife spectacles here really are second to none, and when they are set in such magical landscapes as the Okavango Delta and the Kalahari Desert, it’s hard to imagine a more special safari destination.

You could be poling along in a dugout canoe watching elephants on the riverbank of the Delta’s waterways. Or seeing the thrilling interaction between lions and buffalo on the plains. Or watching the zebra migration pass through the arid lands near the Boteti River. Or exploring on foot in the Linyanti.

The guiding in Botswana is of high quality, and there is a good choice of exclusive lodges and camps, as well as exciting mobile safari options.

12

www.Tribes.co.uk

Rare wild dogs - regularly seen in the Kwando Reserve

Itinerary suggestion Day 1

Overnight in Livingstone.

Day 2

A day free to visit Victoria Falls.

Day 3 Short drive to Botswana.

Game viewing in Chobe region.

Day 4 Game viewing including a

cruise on the Chobe River.

Day 5 Morning game drive, then fly

to Moremi Game Reserve.

An afternoon’s gameviewing.

Day 6 Enjoy the wildlife of Xakanaxa

area by vehicle or boat.

Day 7 Morning game drive, then

Botswana highlights

• • • • •

Stunning wildlife and waterways of the Okavango Delta & Moremi Reserve.

Excellent quality safari accommodation and guiding.

Flight time: About 13 hours via Jo’burg Language: English is the official language. Tswana is widely spoken.

Visas: Not required for British travellers (up to 90 days).

Health: There are no compulsory vaccinations, except yellow fever if you are coming from an infected area.

Malaria prophylactics are recommended in the north.

about mid-April to October. The Delta waters are highest from about June to August.

The Kalahari is at its best in about April to May.

Mar

Apr

May

Afternoon game viewing. night, mokoro rides or walks.

travel by air and road to Meno

A Kwena by the dry Boteti

River. Game drives in the

Makgadikgadi and Nxai Pans.

Day 10 A day to enjoy the landscape

and wildlife of the Kalahari /

Pans area.

Day 11 Transfer to Maun.

The above

The main rainy season is roughly December to March. The driest weather is from

Feb

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made

Best times to go

Jan

heart of the Delta’s wet area.

Day 9 Morning game viewing, then

Wilderness, wildlife and San Bushmen of the Kalahari Desert.

GMT+2 hours.

The dramatic salt pans of Makgadikgadi.

Time:

fly over the Okavango to the

Day 8 Game drives by day and

Huge herds of elephants of Chobe National Park.

Key facts

Jun

itinerary is just one example to help you get started.

Just tell us what you want and we will

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss

Min temp

19

19

18

15

10

0

0

0

14

19

19

19

33

31

31

28

25

25

29

32

40

35

32

Max temp

33

13

www.Tribes.co.uk

your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

Botswana

The Okavango Delta’s Private Reserves

THE OKAVANGO DELTA

The Okavango is split into many reserves and concession areas, some of which are community-owned. Most are managed by safari operators, who, as well as looking after the well-being of the habitat and wildlife of their area, build lodges or camps for visitors.

A high proportion of the lodges and camps in Botswana are of a very high standard, both in terms of the luxury of the accommodation and the excellent guiding. A few examples can be found on page 18, but you will find many others on our website and we can advise personally too.

Reserves in Botswana, including private reserves, are not fenced, so the wildlife is free to roam. One of the advantages of visiting a private reserve is the lack of people. You have access to large areas of wilderness, excellent wildlife, and very few visitors.

The Okavango Delta is the largest inland delta

open grassland, and hippos and crocodiles

in the world and one of Africa’s most scenic

are abundant in the waterways. There are

and remarkable wilderness regions.

plenty of giraffes browsing the treetops, and

The landscape: Almost the entire Okavango Delta is a protected area, including the Moremi Game Reserve in the centre. Floods

some impressive herds of elephant. The Delta is also a good place to see sable and the elegant kudu.

a vast network of narrow waterways and lagoons, reaching their peak in about July.

Your Okavango safari: The Okavango Delta is synonymous in most people’s minds with water-based gamewatching activities, such as

This continual change in water levels gives

boat or mokoro (dugout canoe) safaris. This

rise to a remarkable variety of habitats and

is after all what makes it so unique. However

landscapes. There are permanent water

we advise that, to get the most out of the

channels lined with thick papyrus, seasonally

region, you combine a stay in an area offering

flooded grass plains with islands of palm

mostly water-based activities with a stay in

trees and dense vegetation, and some areas

a land-based lodge or camp. Some lodges

of higher ground supporting mopane forests

offer both water and land-based widlife

and permanent savannah.

viewing. Bear in mind that the amount of

The wildlife: A hugely diverse range of

• Hoping to spot specific wildlife? Whether you want to see a wild dog, Pel’s fishing owl or simply as many elephants as possible, let us know when booking your safari and we will get you to the places that will give you the best chances.

• Mokoro trips are a fabulous, relaxing way to enjoy the waterways of the Okavango.

You can silently get very close to wildlife.

pour down from the highlands of Angola into the Okavango River. They flow on through

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR SAFARI

• Prefer walking safaris? Some lodges give you much more chance than others to safari on foot or by mokoro rather than jeep. We can advise you how to get the balance you’re looking for.

land or water-based activities will change with the seasons. We can advise on the many

wildlife and birdlife is supported here. Herds

lodges and camps, to suggest a balanced and

of impala and tsessebe are always present,

exciting safari.

while in the dry season large herds of buffalo,

14

wildebeest and zebra congregate, coming in

The Delta is at its unique and watery best

from the Kalahari in search of food and water.

from about May to August, which is mostly

The rare sitatunga live in the papyrus banks

within the dry season (June to October).

of the waterways, and lechwe antelope are

The green season (December to March) is

well adapted to life on the floodplains. Lions,

excellent for birdwatching, and it is a very

cheetahs and packs of wild dogs hunt in the

good value time to travel.

www.Tribes.co.uk

Mokoro trip in the Okavango Delta

Botswana

ON SAFARI IN BOTSWANA

Gamewatching in the Kwando Reserve A safari in Botswana can be experienced in a variety of ways, and of course you can combine the different styles. We will help you work out which type of safari and which accommodation might suit you best.

Mobile safaris For total immersion in the African wilderness, we highly recommend good quality mobile safaris. Led by a professional

Fly-in safaris: Many people choose fly-in safaris as this enables you to

guide, you travel in a comfortable safari vehicle with all the

get around a lot of the country in a relatively short space of time, and

equipment and crew you need to live out in the wild in comfort.

a safari in Botswana is often a once-in-a-lifetime holiday. Coupled with staying in good lodges, this is a very comfortable way of experiencing the country. Small planes fly you (and other guests) from lodge to lodge, providing you with stunning aerial views of the landscape. On arrival you are met by a ranger from the lodge, who will take you on various wildlife activities (drives, walks, mokoro or boat trips) during your stay. There will usually be a morning and an afternoon/evening activity, and in the lunchtime siesta you can enjoy the lodge facilities.

This is no normal camping experience! After a day’s safari, you arrive at your camp which has been set up by the crew.

Your spacious walk-in tent has twin beds (mattress, duvet and pillows), bedside lamp, and en-suite bathroom with bucket shower, chemical loo and hand basin. You can sit under the stars by the campfire, G&T in hand, then enjoy a sumptuous three-course dinner prepared by the camp cook.

You’ll be woken early in the morning, and start the day with a light breakfast round the fire before heading off on safari. A good lunch is followed by a siesta before afternoon gameviewing.

Why choose a mobile safari? They are a very good value, flexible option. Whilst you don’t get the utter luxury offered by many lodges, the quality is very high, and the service and guiding is excellent. Travelling by land and camping in the wild, you come away with a heightened sense of what the wilderness regions of Botswana are really like.

Walking safari at Mashatu Lodge Walking safaris: If you enjoy getting out and about in the wilderness you would enjoy a walking safari. Some lodges offer short walks as

Set departure mobiles are ideal if you are a single traveller.

However you can also book private mobiles for a small group of friends or family. These can often give you more flexibility than choosing a lodge-based safari.

part of their activities, and yet others, such as two lodges in the Selinda Reserve, put more emphasis on walking for longer periods. Walking in the wilderness is certainly the best way to get close to nature.

Horseback safaris: Experienced horse riders can consider this magical, exhilarating way of seeing the Okavango Delta. The wild animals treat you as part of the scenery, just another animal in their domain. One moment you’re cantering through deep water and the next you are running with the herds.

Simple comfort in the wilderness

15

www.Tribes.co.uk

MOREMI GAME RESERVE

The Moremi Game Reserve is in the heart of the Okavango Delta and many visitors regard it as the most spectacular and beautiful game park in southern Africa. It covers about 20% of the Delta and is known for its variety of both habitat and wildlife.

One of the best areas of Moremi is Chief’s Island. This is a large area of land (basically a sand tongue) in the middle of Moremi. It used to be the hunting ground of the local Chief Moremi. This is where some of the best wildlife viewing is to be found, and also some excellent camps and lodges.

Other important areas of the reserve include the Khwai River area in the north east, and Xakanaxa (pronounced ka-ka-na-ka) Lagoon also in the

Walking from your mobile Matshwane camp

east, south of Khwai.

Unlike in most other game parks, Moremi allows you to approach game on foot. The park has been kept as natural as possible by the people who created it, the Tawana tribe. In 1961, worried about the increase in game hunting, the tribe, under the regent, Mrs. Pulane Moremi, widow of Chief Moremi III, established the reserve on their own land. It was the first time an African tribe had founded and administered a game park.

There are some stunning luxury tented camps and lodges in Moremi, such as Wilderness Safaris’ Mombo Camp or Xigera Camp. But whether you stay at a lodge or choose a luxury mobile camping safari, you can be sure to have an unforgettable wildlife experience here. You will watch the game whilst being gently poled along the rivers and lagoons in a mokoro (dugout canoe), and take walking and jeep safaris on the areas of savannah.

16

www.Tribes.co.uk

Sunset at Footsteps Camp

CHOBE & the Linyanti

Chobe is a huge national park covering

The Linyanti Wetlands is the other main area of Chobe and is a superb wilderness with excellent

about 11,000km . It has an excellent variety

wildlife. It is a huge reserve split into three concession areas. The reserve is bordered to the

of wildlife due to its varied habitats from dry

north by the Linyanti and Kwando rivers, both of which are permanent and provide a focus for

scrubland and forest, to marshlands and rivers.

wildlife viewing in the region.

2

The lush Chobe riverfront area (Serondela) hosts one of Africa’s densest populations

Linyanti Reserve

of elephants as well as other game such as

The Linyanti Concession is in the east, and encompasses part of the Linyanti River, grasslands,

hippo, buffalo, giraffe, jackal, kudu and sable.

forests and marshland (mostly dry now). It is an area of prolific and varied wildlife, but is good for

The red lechwe and puku can often be seen

sighting elephants. Predators such as lions and wild dogs have a strong presence too.

on the marshy floodplains, and you can take

Camps such as Kings Pool, Duma Tau, Savuti Camp and Linyanti Bush Camp all offer excellent

walks in the forest reserve.

accommodation and experiences here. This region can also be explored on mobile camping

The Savuti Marsh area lies within the Madabe

safaris (see page 12), itineraries of which can be found on our website.

Depression, a huge hollow left behind from an ancient lake. The Savuti is only rarely fed

Selinda Reserve

by water from the Savuti Channel, so this is a

The Selinda Concession is the most southerly of the Linyanti concessions and links the Linyanti

mostly dry area of high game density, famed

and Okavango ecosystems. There are two main camps here, Zarafa and Selinda Camp. Partly

for its large numbers of predators and the

due to the drier terrain, this is one of Botswana’s best walking safari areas. Both accommodation

zebra migration which passes twice yearly.

and guiding in the Selinda are excellent, and with a good variety of resident game, this is not a

The Ngwezumba Pans, south of Serondela

region to be overlooked.

around Nogatsaa, are a collection of seasonal

You can now also take an amazing 4-day canoe trail along the Selinda Spillway. Until

clay pans surrounded by grasslands and woodland. The pans hold water after the rains and become a real draw for wildlife.

recently this spillway had not flowed for about 30 years, but current high water levels are making this an exciting addition to safari options in Selinda Reserve. This could be a once in a lifetime experience, so try it now!

Kwando Reserve To the west is the Kwando Concession area. There are only two camps on this large expanse of wilderness, Lebala Camp and Lagoon Camp, both superbly run by Kwando Safaris. Their guiding is of the best quality (and they have both a guide and a tracker) and the wildlife viewing opportunities afforded to guests in this area is generally hard to beat. It is a very good place to

• Watching the Duba Boys, three lion brothers, hunt buffalo during the day near Duba Plains. Wow. • We followed a pack of wild dogs in the Kwando concession from waking after their siesta, greeting each other, then heading off on a hunt. They caught and shared a warthog that day.

• We appeared to have the area to ourselves, some trips we were out virtually the whole day without seeing another vehicle. (On a Matshwane camping trip).

• Exhausted after a day’s safari, we returned to camp for a fabulous meal and a wonderful bubble bath with a glass of champagne.

For more reviews, read the Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

17

www.Tribes.co.uk

Unforgettable Experiences

spot wild dogs, and is superb for birding. The elephant and predator sightings are excellent.

Botswana

The desert also supports quite a diverse, if sparse, range of wildlife from

THE KALAHARI

predators such as lions, cheetahs, leopards and brown hyenas to plains game such as wildebeest, gemsbok and springbok. This is also where you stand a very good chance of seeing meerkats - sometimes at close quarters, as our photo competition winner experienced when one cheeky chap decided to rest on his hat (photo left) at Camp Kalahari.

There is also good birding here, especially in the rainy season.

Perhaps the most famous and beautiful part of this region is Deception

A cheeky meerkat at Camp Kalahari

Jeff Webster - Tribes photo competition winner 2010

Valley which was the setting for the book ‘The Cry of The Kalahari’ by Mark and Delia Owens. Deception Valley is an ancient dried up river bed about 80kms long in the northern part of the reserve.

The Kalahari Desert is an arid wilderness area covering about two thirds of Botswana as well as large parts of Namibia and South Africa. It is largely made up of grasslands, salt pans and acacia forests, rather than being a classic sandy desert.

There are two main game areas in the Kalahari, the Central Kalahari Game Reserve (CKGR) and its southern annex, Khutse Game Reserve.

The CKGR is one of the world’s largest game reserves, at about 53,000 km2. It was originally set up in 1961 as a refuge for the San Bushmen, though in recent years this has been the cause of much controversy

By Kamili

and antagonism.

Although it is a seemingly inhospitable land with little rainfall, the San are very much at home here, and going on a walk with a San Bushman (perhaps at Grasslands) is a fascinating experience.

MAKGADIKGADI & Nxai PANs

San Bushmen at Grasslands

Makgadikgadi Pans are vast salt pans; the remains of a huge ancient lake. The dry salt crust makes a surreal landscape of mottled grey and glaring white plains stretching to the horizon, shimmering with heat haze and mirages. Within the pans, Kubu Island is a strange phenomenon - an island in a salt lake, home to ancient, historic baobab trees.

The pans are rich in archaeology, with thousands of stone-age tools scattered on the surface. In the rainy season the pans are flooded and thousands of flamingoes and other water birds flock here. There are still large herds of wildebeest, antelope and zebra in this area. They migrate here with the vagaries of the rains to find fresh pastures.

To the west of the pans is the Makgadikgadi Pans National Park. This takes in a corner of the salt pans and stretches to the Boteti River, encompassing grassland savannah and bush. The park supports a variety of wildlife, and migrating herds move between the river and the pans. In the dry season, the few pools in the Boteti river provide the only source of water for the zebra and wildebeest migration which passes through here.

You can stay at one of the great lodges in the Pans, such as San Camp (left), or base yourself in the Boteti River area. Or, consider our luxury

San Camp on the Makgadikgadi Pans

18

www.Tribes.co.uk

mobile safaris, perhaps even taking in Nxai Pan.

NOT FORGETTING ...

Victoria Falls combines easily with Botswana

Thonga Beach on South Africa’s KwaZulu Natal coast

The focus of most journeys to Botswana is the wildlife and wilderness of the northern regions. However you could consider taking in another area of the country, or a neighbouring country in order to get a different perspective or add another highlight. Here are a few ideas to whet your appetite.

Victoria Falls & Zambia

The Caprivi Strip

The famous and fabulous Victoria Falls can be easily combined with a

This narrow section of Namibia fits very well into Botswana itineraries as

Botswana safari. Other areas of Zambia can also be included. See our

it is just at the other side of the Kwando River. There are a few excellent

Zambia section for details.

lodges to consider here.

No 1 Ladies Detective Agency

Beach add-ons

For a light-hearted look at Gabarone, we can arrange tours based on

Being land-locked, it costs time and not an insignificant amount of

Alexander McCall’s famous series of books about Mma Ramotswe. We

money to add a beach stop to a Botswana holiday. However it can be

visit locations such as Mochudi, the ‘Orphan Farm’ and Tlokweng Road

done! You can head to the Cape, KwaZulu Natal or even Mozambique,

Speedy Motors.

usually via Johannesburg in South Africa, however also consider having some relaxation time based at Victoria Falls.

The Tuli Block In the south eastern corner of the country, the Tuli Block actually

South Africa

combines more easily with South Africa than the rest of Botswana.

More often than not your arrival into Botswana will be via South Africa’s

Mashatu Game Reserve is well worth a visit. The accommodation is

Johannesburg. Given this, it is very easy to combine Botswana with

excellent and the activities are varied. See our website for more details.

some time in South Africa. There is the wonderful coast of course, but

19

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR SAFARI

• Our tracker and guide made the gameviewings so much more than just looking at the animals.

• Green season travel. From roughly December to early April Botswana has its main rains. This is a time of lush green vegetation, higher temperatures, excellent bird life, and cheaper accommodation. Don’t dismiss travel at this time, it’s great value for money and can still offer an excellent safari. And it doesn’t tend to rain all day!

• It was the staff and the wonderful people we met that really made this trip so memorable.

• The annual zebra migration (the world’s second largest) leaves the Okavango Delta at the start of the rains and heads south to the Makgadikgadi grasslands. The herds stay here until the waterholes dry up then head north again on their 580km round trip. If you want to see thousands of zebras, let us know and we’ll get you as close as possible.

• Masses of wildlife, mammals (50 varieties), 200+ species of birds.

Wonderful. Friendly people. Wild, remote locations. Every day something exciting happened.

www.Tribes.co.uk

• For me Botswana will not end here. There is something special about its loveliness.

Read reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

you can also easily get down to Cape Town too.

Botswana

some lovely places to stay

Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website: www.tribes.co.uk

Sundowners Camp Kalahari-style

20

Duba Plains

DELTA

Footsteps Camp

DELTA

Little Kwara

DELTA

Okuti Camp

DELTA

Pom Pom Camp

DELTA

Xakanaxa Camp

DELTA

Banoka Bush Camp

DELTA

www.Tribes.co.uk

So where do you want to camp?

Don’t overlook the option of mobile camping for a true get-away-from-itall experience. The camp is run by a skilled guide on a non-participatory basis. Maybe consider a combination of camping and lodges?

Known especially for lions hunting buffalo in the daytime, the Duba Plains area is a superb area of savannah for excellent gameviewing.

Six roomy tents have ensuite facilities and verandas with panoramic vistas of the Okavango Delta floodplains.

Matshwane Camping

For a true Africa-under-canvas experience Footsteps is a three-tent camp in the Delta. Comfortable twin beds, bucket shower and bush toilet.

Safaris here are mostly on foot or by mokoro (traditional canoe) with two excellent guides.

Ichobezi Safariboats

CHOBE

Bordering Moremi Game Reserve Kwara is a lovely intimate camp with five luxury tents, mostly on raised decks. Activities include motor boating, mokoro trips and walks, as well as off-road game drives in open vehicles - day and night.

Lebala Camp

CHOBE

A uniquely-styled camp in Moremi Game Reserve. Okuti is a personal camp catering for 18 guests in thatched chalets. It is an excellent wildlife area and the mix of game drives and boat trips allows you to get the best of the region.

Linyanti Bush Camp

CHOBE

On an island on the western edge of Moremi Game Reserve, this is a nine-tent luxury camp overlooking the Pom Pom lagoon. Activities here include game drives, night drives, mokoro trips and walks. There is a small pool.

Muchenje Safari Lodge CHOBE

Just outside the more remote western side of Chobe National Park in the Chobe Forest Reserve, Muchenje has 10 thatched stone cottages with a pool and fabulous views over the Chobe River and Caprivi floodplains.

On the banks of the Khwai River on the Xakanaxa Lagoon, this camp (pronounced Ka-ka-na-ka) is sited where big game and fantastic birdlife are more or less guaranteed. There are twelve luxury ensuite safari tents on raised decks.

Grasslands Lodge

To experience the wilderness and culture of the Kalahari, Grasslands is a perfect choice. It’s an 8-chalet lodge from where you can enjoy cultural experiences with Bushmen, horse ride, take game drives, or learn about their predator protection project.

In partnership with the Khwai community, this good value tentent camp offers a varied wildlife experience via jeep, walking and mokoro safaris. There are also two family tents, so it’s a good option if you are travelling with children.

Meno a Kwena

KALAHARI

PANS

Cruising the Chobe and Zambezi Rivers, these two boats have four spacious en-suite cabins and a plunge pool. Activities include game viewing from the boat or tenders, birding, fishing, visiting villages, or simply chilling out.

Set in the Kwando Reserve, Lebala has eight luxurious tents on raised decks. Each with a large bedroom and living area and a bathtub in the bathroom. There is a plunge pool and a game viewing hide on site.

The food is excellent.

A small tented camp with excellent guiding, Linyanti is at its best for wildlife viewing from about May to October when it’s particularly great for elephants and buffalo. Six comfortable ensuite tents, excellent food, game drives and walks.

With the style and spirit of an authentic safari camp, Meno a Kwena’s eight comfortable tents are on the edge of the Boteti river bank to the east of the Makgadikgadi Pans.

Delicious campfire meals and a more relaxed pace of life await you.

KENYA Excellent wildlife experiences, traditional African cultures, and beautiful beaches In the last few years Kenya has made a huge leap from being simply a cheap package tourism destination, to offering some truly incredible experiences to travellers wanting to enjoy the natural beauty and cultural wealth of this diverse country. Not only that, but some pioneering ecotourism initiatives are leading the way in showing how local people, wildlife and the environment can all be winners if tourism businesses are set up in a socially and environmentally responsible way.

If you want to combine a safari with a stay on a beach, Kenya is an excellent choice. However the country also offers fabulous walking opportunities, a chance to learn about the traditional cultures of tribes such as the Maasai and Samburu, and stunning scenery, whether you enjoy mountains, lakes, deserts, savannah or the coast.

21

www.Tribes.co.uk

Kenya

Itinerary suggestion Day 1

Drive or fly from Nairobi to

Amboseli. Afternoon bush walk

with Maasai.

Day 2

Game viewing in Amboseli.

Day 3 Fly to Samburu by lunchtime.

Afternoon game drive in

Samburu reserve.

Kenya highlights

Day 6 Wildlife viewing in Masai Mara.

• • • • •

Day 7 Morning game drive then fly to

Day 4 Game viewing in Samburu.

Day 5 Early morning game drive,

then fly to the Masai Mara.

Game drives.

Lamu via Nairobi.

Day 8 Enjoy relaxing on the beach,

watersports, or exploring Lamu

for the next few days.

Exciting wildlife watching in the Masai Mara, Laikipia, and other areas Sandy beaches of the mainland coast, and islands of Lamu The Rift Valley Lakes Rich traditional cultures of the Maasai, Samburu and other tribes Gorgeous accommodation from safari lodges and camps to colonial homes and ‘barefoot’ beach huts

Key facts Time:

GMT+3 hours.

European passport holders.

Flight time: About 9 hours from UK.

Health: Malaria is present in most

Day 13 Fly back to Nairobi for your

Language: Kiswahili and English are

of the country. No vaccinations are

the official languages.

compulsory, except yellow fever if

Visas:

coming from an infected area.

night flight home.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made The above itinerary is just one example to help you get started.

Visas are required for

Best times to go

The dry season is from about June to September and December to March. The short rains are around October and November. The long rains are from roughly late March to the end of May.

Just tell us what you want and we will arrange everything to fit your wishes or

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

13

14

14

13

12

11

11

26

26

25

24

21

21

23

Oct

Nov

Dec

11

13

13

13

26

26

26

28

suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

22

www.Tribes.co.uk

Min temp

12 Max temp

26

the best of kenya

Miles of savannah in the Mara Kenya has a huge variety of experiences to offer and we can tailor make the right holiday for you. Here are just a few initial thoughts ...

Travelling around: Most of our clients choose to fly from place to place. Road transfers are used for short journeys but the road system is not well-maintained overall, so long journeys can be arduous and make bad use of your precious holiday time.

Family holidays: We can advise on accommodation where children

Kenya can get you close to some very big cats

are welcomed and well-catered for, both on safari and on the beach.

Beach & safari holidays: Kenya is a perfect destination for combining safari and beach. Domestic flights easily combine the wildlife reserves with the coast.

The coast: If you head for the mainland beaches such as at Diani, you will find white sand beaches fringed with palm trees. On Lamu, Funzi or another of Kenya’s gorgeous islands, the shoreline tends to have a lot of mangrove. This means that at some lodges sandbanks appear at low tide, as opposed to them having permanent sandy beaches.

Walking safaris: Many safari lodges offer short bush walks but for longer walks of three days or more, Laikipia is our recommendation.

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR SAFARI • Walking safaris can hugely add to your enjoyment of being close to nature. You don’t have to be super fit as we take it gently, and your camp, whilst simple, will still give you comfort and great food! You can do a whole walking safari holiday, but consider also just adding in a couple of days to get a different view of Kenya.

• Places to chill out. Yes, you can go to the coast, but this is not your only option. Lake Victoria is another great choice, and many other wonderful lodges we can recommend offer a really relaxing alternative. Sit by the pool, enjoy spa treatments, sit and read in shady spots in beautiful gardens ... let us suggest something that will suit you perfectly.

• Gorillas and chimps. If you would like to include seeing primates on your African safari, you can easily combine Kenya with either Uganda or Rwanda. You can then go gorilla or chimp trekking as well as seeing other parts of these two gorgeous countries.

company of others on a small group trip (max 12) with a driver/guide, we have some excellent six night set departures which visit the Mara, Nakuru and Amboseli.

Kenya & Tanzania: It is very easy to combine Kenya and Tanzania (for example, the Mara and Zanzibar, or Serengeti and Lamu). However certain combinations, such as Serengeti and Mara, can be an expensive option due to the flights.

• I can’t describe how good this holiday was. I had to keep pinching myself to make sure that I was not dreaming. Nights were fantastic as all you could hear was the African bush - crickets, bats, lions, hyenas and zebra. I can’t wait to go back and see more of Africa.

• The visit to the manyatta of the village at Sabuk was brilliant unrehearsed and we just saw whatever was happening (milking a camel as it transpired), and being invited into the home of the senior wife and shown things. The girls had very red eyes on returning (and it wasn’t just the smoke).

Read more Reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

23

www.Tribes.co.uk

Unforgettable Experiences

Kenya under canvas: If you enjoy camping (dome tents) and like the

Kenya

the masai mara

There is something special about spotting wildlife on a night drive

Masai Mara National Reserve The Masai Mara is probably one of the most famous wildlife reserves in the world. It supports a substantial and diverse wildlife population including many big cats, and of course it is known for the spectacular annual wildebeest migration. The Mara also has a fascinating array of around 550 species of resident and migratory birds.

The Masai Mara is in south western Kenya, and is part of the Serengeti ecosystem. It benefits from a surprisingly varied landscape. The Eastern Ngama Hills are covered with acacia bush and numerous

Private game drives are taken at the pace you like

forested riverines. Vast grassy savannah plains dominate the central

Wildlife watching in the Masai Mara can be good at any time of the

region, interspersed with the odd thicket and bushland. On the

year, though many visitors avoid the rainy months. It is busiest at the

Western fringes of the park the Siria Escarpment (sometimes called

time of the migration. Most people choose to fly into the reserve,

Oloololo) marks the edge of the Great Rift Valley, and the Mara River

which is about one hour from Nairobi, rather than face the six hour

provides lush forests and marshlands. In addition the Sand and Talek

road journey. A stay of between 3 and 7 nights is most common, often

Rivers water the east and south of the reserve and provide havens for

split between two different camps. You could also consider taking a

thirsty wildlife during the dry seasons.

hot air balloon trip for a unique perspective on the wildlife viewing.

The evocative Mara landscape - an incredible place for seeing big cats

24

www.Tribes.co.uk

Private Reserves & Maasai land Adjacent to the National Reserve are huge areas of land, mostly community-owned, including the two excellent conservancies of Olare Orok and Ol Kinyei. Together they make up a significant and very important part of the Mara ecosystem. Wildlife watching based in camps and lodges here is just as rewarding as being in the Masai Mara itself, and quieter.

Koiyaki Guiding School: This school aims to train local Maasai to be top class guides, and help them find employment. Many of the lodges we work with support the school.

Maasai near Olonana share their traditional expertise with you

Walking in the Ol Kinyei Conservancy

The dangers of crossing the Mara River

The Great Migration The Masai Mara plays host to the world’s largest mass land migration, with around two million animals making the arduous journey from the Serengeti in Tanzania.

Depending on the rains, the migration arrives from the Serengeti in about July. The herds are resident in the Mara until about October, at which time they begin to head back south. So from around July to October the reserve is awash with wildebeest, zebra and the big cat predators that they attract. It is a truly stunning wildlife spectacle, which attracts a lot of wildlife lovers from around the world.

That ‘National Geographic’ moment which we have all seen, where wildebeest and zebra battle across crocodile-infested waters can happen at any time in this period, as the animals cross to and fro over

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR SAFARI • Migration safaris. Whilst the migration is in the Masai Mara, camps and lodges are often fully booked. So as not to be disappointed, you need to book well in advance (usually at least 6 months) for the Mara from about late July to September.

• Something different. There are always lovely ways to make your holiday a bit more special. A hot air balloon trip over the Mara, perhaps a night in a ‘star bed’ in Loisaba, or maybe a superb kayak safari at Lamu?

Or maybe meeting local people would be that special something? It is for many of our travellers - often when least expected.

• Private conservancies vs national parks. We very often recommend safari lodges/camps which are not actually in the national parks. This can give you more flexible safaris, the option of night drives and walks, far fewer people, and the wildlife is usually just as good (often better!).

25

www.Tribes.co.uk

• The Maasai in the camps are incredible people - polite, helpful and with a wealth of knowledge. I particularly enjoyed my walk with them and learnt so much about tracking animals and the use of local plants.

• Over one afternoon siesta our guide made my 9-yr old son a bow and arrow. The delight on his face was palpable.

• We saw a spectacular wildebeest crossing of the Mara River, as well as 4 leopards, 6 cheetah and 8 lions. Some unforgettable experiences. The guide and drivers found everything we were looking for and got us into some pretty exciting positions.

Unforgettable Experiences

the Mara and Talek Rivers.

Read more reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Kenya

laikipia

Lewa Wildlife Conservancy This is a 60,000 acre conservancy in Laikipia which began as a cattle ranch. It is a ‘big five’ reserve, and has a healthy population of black and white rhinos. It is also home to about 20% of the world’s endangered Grevy zebras, and an important refuge for elephants.

Sitatunga, an aquatic antelope which is rare in Kenya, can also be found here. In all, there are about 70 mammal species and 350 bird species, making it a very rich wildlife area.

The conservancy also includes the guardianship of the adjoining Ngare Ndare Forest Reserve, and important archaeological sites, including a 1 million year old hand axe site. The other important aspect to Lewa Wildlife Conservancy is the local people.

Lewa’s ambition is not only to conserve the

On a Sabuk walking safari Laikipia is a plateau district straddling the equator north west of Mount Kenya.

Nanyuki is the main town, and the Ewaso

environment but also to act as a stimulus to development and economic growth in the local area. Lewa is run as a non profit-making organisation.

Nyiro and Ewaso Narok rivers wind through the region giving life to frequently very dry areas. Altitude varies from about 1500 to 1950m, and the environment includes open grasslands, acacia bushland, basalt hills, cedar forests and kopjes.

This diverse range of habitats allows Laikipia to host an abundance of wildlife which is second only to the Masai Mara in Kenya.

It has significant populations of predators and also the ‘big five’. The focus of wildlife viewing here is in the superb Lewa Wildlife Conservancy.

Laikipia is also home to diverse tribal

Laikipia Walking Safaris

communities including Maasai, Kikuyu, Pokot,

Laikipia is excellent for walking safaris. If you

Samburu, Turkana and Meru.

have two or more nights to escape into the

The region is made up of a mixture of community group and privately-owned ranches, which between them include commercial cattle ranches, agricultural enterprises of various sizes, wildlife conservancies and pastoralist grazing lands.

26

Excellent rhino sightings at Lewa

wild and simply enjoy the landscape and wildlife on foot accompanied by Maasai or Samburu guides (with camels to carry the gear), you will be treated to an experience to treasure forever.

A team will set up your camp (two-man tents, bush toilets and bucket showers), provide

Laikipia is at the forefront of ecotourism in

you with excellent meals, get you close to the

Kenya. It has a high proportion of community-

landscape and wildlife, and introduce you to

owned tourism properties and many of

their traditional culture. You can combine a

those not owned by local communities still

short walking safari with most itineraries, and

bring a benefit to the communities, such as

we would highly recommend this for anyone

the wonderful Sabuk Lodge whose walking

wanting to immerse themselves into wild

safaris are pictured above.

Africa.

www.Tribes.co.uk

Camel-assisted walks in Laikipia get great reviews

Kenya

Photo: Ol Donyo Lodge/Dana Allen

amboseli & CHYULU HILLS

Amboseli National Park The vast dry plains, acacia woodland, marshes and swamplands of Amboseli are home to huge herds of elephants, wildebeest, zebra and impala and over 400 species of birds. Towering above everything, just across the border in Tanzania, is the mighty Mount Kilimanjaro. The unrivalled backdrop of the highest mountain in Africa gives a very special quality to Amboseli, and has made it one of the most popular parks in Kenya.

Amboseli means ‘salty dust’ in the Maasai language. But in spite of its name and largely arid appearance, Amboseli has a permanent water supply; the melting snows from Kilimanjaro. The

Eles are one of the main highlights of these parks

Ol Donyo Lodge/Dana Allen

clear springs flow through the park, ensuring a high population of game year-round.

THE rift valley LAKES

Chyulu Hills National Park The forested Chyulu Hills are between Amboseli and Tsavo. The gorgeous Ol Donyo Lodge has a prime elevated position in this wildlife corridor, with a backdrop of Kilimanjaro. Quintessential African views, great wildlife (including a good chance of seeing cheetahs), and excellent activities such as horse riding, exploring the mist forests, bush walks ...

For wildlife, relaxation and flamingoes!

Nakuru, Bogoria, Baringo ...

The beautiful Lake Nakuru National Park is best known for its flamingoes, whose numbers fluctuate as they migrate up and down the valley. It is also home to a successful rhino population and a good number of leopard which are often seen in the forests.

Lake Bogoria, set against steep valley walls, is

27

Naivasha

Victoria

Lake Naivasha is only about two hours from

Famed as being the source of the Nile, Lake

Nairobi by car. This is a freshwater lake, home

Victoria is a vast lake which forms a boundary

Lake Baringo, just north of Bogoria, is a rarely

to a huge variety of birdlife, hippos and even

with Tanzania and Uganda. It is home to the

visited freshwater lake. Hippos and fish eagles

colobus monkeys. Zebra, giraffe and many

Luo tribe and it is an important fishing region.

can be spotted here, and some water sports

antelope are often seen, plus in the private

Birdwatching is fabulous on the lake, and

are available. The local fishing community

reserves and conservancies you can see rhino,

wildlife lovers should include a visit to the

happily show you their village.

Grevy’s zebra, eland, ostrich, and hyena. Use a

nearby Ruma National Park, where you can

Naivasha lodge as a base from which to visit

see the rare roan antelope.

Hell’s Gate National Park, Elsamere (the old

There are various islands including Mfangano

home of Joy Adamson of ‘Born Free’ fame),

and Rusinga, which have lodges offering

and Lake Nakuru with its excellent birdlife,

waterports and good accommodation,

especially flamingoes. Naivasha also has some

making Lake Victoria a good option for

lovely places to stay and chill out.

relaxation after a safari.

www.Tribes.co.uk

home to naturally occurring hot springs, and greater kudu and fish eagles love this habitat.

Lake Magadi is a small soda lake surrounded by salt pans in the intensely hot, dry plains near the Tanzanian border. Close to here is a fabulous lodge called Shompole, whose beautiful open rooms have stunning views of the Rift Valley.

samburu & THE north

The Ewaso Nyiro flows through the arid Samburu region

Samburu & Buffalo Springs National Reserves The Ewaso Nyiro River is the lifeblood of this northern region, and runs between Samburu and

Colours of the Samburu

shimba hills

Buffalo Springs Reserves. These are both small, arid but beautiful reserves with thorny scrub and some riverine forest. Birdlife is excellent here and the river draws elephants and a good range of other wildlife including Grevy’s zebra, buffalo, lion, Beisa oryx and gerenuk.

Come here if you want to see wildlife in wonderfully dramatic scenery, as well as taking walks with Samburu guides and visiting local Samburu villages. This area makes a good addition to a wildlife itinerary which includes other more southerly parks, as the more desert-adaped wildlife is fascinating to see.

Meru National Park From its heyday when Joy and George Adamson worked here with Elsa, this park sank into obscurity until the late 1990’s due to extensive poaching. Happily, this is now under control and the park is once again a safe place for wildlife. It has large areas of savannah, riverine forest, swamps and rocky outcrops. Wildlife is now very good, and birdlife is excellent.

28

www.Tribes.co.uk

50km from the coast, and makes a good addition to a beach holiday, either as a day trip or for a change of scene for a night or

Shaba National Reserve

two. The reserve has elephant, giraffe, buffalo,

The tiny Shaba has a wilder, more dramatic

colobus monkeys, and bird lovers can spot

landscape than Samburu. The ravines around

a wealth of species here. Sheldrick Falls are

Shaba Hill are noted for leopard sightings.

also worth a visit. Consider Kutazama Lodge

Shaba is the place where Joy Adamson wrote

either simply as a base for this park, or as a

her last book, and indeed there is a lovely

place to relax.

lodge here named after her - Joy’s Camp.

Relax by the pool at Elsa’s Kopje, Meru

Shimba Hills National Reserve is less than

roan and sable antelope, black and white

the central & southern coast

the lamu archipelago

Tijara Beach Hotel, south of Mombasa

Kijani House on Shela waterfront

The mainland coast

Lamu Island

The Kenyan coastline offers a wealth of natural beauty, intriguing

Lamu Island has a relaxed and sleepy atmosphere, making it a

history, enthralling wildlife, total relaxation or total exhilaration. On

wonderful place to relax and make the most of the stunning scenery,

much of this mainland coastline you will find long sandy beaches

sweeping beaches, rolling sand dunes and warm Indian Ocean. The

fringed with palm trees. Some areas are quite busy, with a variety of

ocean plays a vital role in the life and livelihood of Lamu, and traditional

resorts offering a range of accommodation and facilities. However you

sailing dhows abound. A trip on one of these wooden boats offers a

can still find pockets of tranquillity if this is your preference.

relaxing way to explore, travelling to neighbouring islands and fishing

The gateway to the coast is the island city of Mombasa. Many visitors

villages.

to the coast fly into Mombasa and transfer from here to their chosen

Being affected by tides, most of the islands don’t have permanent

beach resorts or lodges.

sandy beaches, however there are always sandspits to be found!

North of Mombasa, Malindi is renowned as a surf spot and has an excellent marine national park. Close to here, the 8km beach of Watamu was voted one of the best beaches in the world. It is not far

Snorkelling can be excellent off Lamu and the surrounding archipelago, as the waters teem with vibrant marine life. Diving is increasingly popular here and there are some superb dive sites.

from Sokoke Forest, home to 250 bird species, elephants, and the ruins

In bustling Lamu town, winding alleys lead past the intricate carved

of the lost town of Gedi.

doorways of white stone houses – some of which are truly majestic.

Diani Beach is about 1½ hours south of Mombasa. It has clean sand beaches and is a good watersports area.

Since the alleys are too narrow to be negotiated by cars, donkeys are the preferred mode of transport and the modern world has had little visible impact on this historic town. Sitting in an open-air restaurant by

Kisite Mpunguti Marine Reserve, right down in the south, is one of

the water and watching the world go by is an irresistible pastime.

the region’s best dive sites.

The other main town on Lamu Island, Shela, is a ten minute boat ride from Lamu. It lacks the vibrancy of Lamu town, but is beautiful, smaller, quieter and perhaps more elegant than Lamu.

Jan-Mar: 30-34°c. Hot! Good diving, snorkelling, fishing & watersports.

Windy afternoons in Jan (SE Trade Wind). Turtles and dolphins often seen.

April-June: 30-27°c. Rain begins from about mid-April but it tends not to rain every day or all day. May sees most of the rain. Good sailing. Reduced underwater visibility from May. July-Sept: 26-27°c. Still not the very best time for diving and snorkelling, but really lovely weather (just the odd rain shower). Dolphins and humpbacks often seen.

Oct-Dec: 27-30°c. Watersports (inc underwater) increasingly good and the sea turns blue again. Gorgeous weather, clearer seas, dolphins and whales often spotted. Late Oct/Nov has some rain and can be windy.

29

www.Tribes.co.uk

• The walking camel safari was magical. It was one of the best things I have ever done and it was truly amazing.

• On Lamu, the beach at Peponi was brilliant. White sand, warm water and not at all busy.

• Kizingo Lodge is a brilliant destination. I loved the rural setting with local building materials and use of solar energy.

Read more Reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

WHAT’S IT LIKE AT THE BEACH?

Kenya

the lamu archipelago

Manda Bay: a luxury getaway

Manda Island The airstrip for Lamu is on Manda Island, and visitors then travel to Lamu Island by boat. Manda, with huge baobabs dominating the skyline, is also fascinating. The ruins of Takwa, a 16th-century Swahili settlement can be found after negotiating a thick mangrove swamp.

This unspoilt island lies in calm inshore waters. There are creeks and other tiny islands to explore, and big game fishing can be arranged.

There is no permanent fresh water on the island, but wildlife (even elephants) have been seen on the island. In the waters surrounding Manda, dolphins, humpback whales and turtles can often be seen.

There are a couple of lovely places to stay on Manda, and watersports including sailing are available.

Lamu waterfront

30

www.Tribes.co.uk

MAKE THE MOST OF YOUR TIME AT THE COAST • Activities: Yes, of course you can simply chill out on the beach or by the pool, but on days when you fancy doing a little more, there are some alternatives. Diving and snorkelling are widely available, wind and kite-surfing are common, as are kayaking and boat trips too. Then there are more costly options such as scenic coastal flights, or perhaps a dhow cruise to an island for lunch (or even overnight). Talk to us about what you’d like to do on your holiday and we will help you sort it.

• Safari add-ons: If you are planning a beach trip on the mainland, bear in mind that you could take a day safari to Shimba Hills (not too far from Mombasa) or even an overnight trip to Tsavo National Park.

• Not just Mombasa region: If you are not heading for Lamu archipelago that doesn’t mean that you’re tied to just the Mombasa region. You can go south to Funzi Keys perhaps, or maybe north to the remote Delta Dunes.

Sunset falls by the jetty at Kipungani Explorer, Lamu

some special places to stay

Mount Kilimanjaro from Tortilis Camp Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation). Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website: www.tribes.co.uk

31

House of Waine

NAIROBI

Ngong House

NAIROBI

Kicheche Mara

MARA

Mara Explorer

MARA

Porini Lion Camp

MARA

www.Tribes.co.uk

A private house in the quiet suburb of Karen, this friendly, Kenyanowned hotel offers high standard accomodation with just eleven rooms. There is a heated pool, bar and great food.

Sala’s Camp

MARA

A treehouse in Nairobi! If you’ve got a night in Nairobi it doesn’t have to be in a ‘standard’ hotel. Ngong offers luxury treehouses in a wild garden in the Karen/Langata area. There is a swimming pool and the food is excellent.

Ngerende Island Lodge

MARA

A gorgeous tented camp in a community-owned region north of the Mara. It is in a superb wildlife area and activities include drives, walks and visits to a nearby Maasai village.

Excellent guides and community links.

Ol Donyo Lodge

CHYULU

A luxurious tented camp on the banks of the Talek River in the heart of the Masai Mara. Ten wellappointed tents, excellent service, small pool. Watch the wildebeest migration from your verandah!

Amboseli Porini

AMBOSELI

In a community conservancy north of the Masai Mara, Lion Camp has ten spacious, luxury tents in a wonderful game viewing area. Day and night drives and Maasai warrior escorted walks are available.

Tortilis Camp

AMBOSELI

With a fabulous position on a river crossing point in the Mara, Sala’s Camp has seven spacious ensuite tents. Great for families or couples, you need to book this place early if you want to stay here during the migration.

The ultimate in safari luxury with seven superb canvas suites. Your bed overlooks the river, you can bathe out on deck and there is a fireplace in your room. Plus excellent staff and devine dining. Highly recommended.

An exclusive, eclectic safari experience rich in history and conservation. Set in the stunning Chyulu Hills, with great wildlife and a huge range of activities from game drives, to riding, biking, tracking, hide & seek ... !

A small exclusive camp in a conservation area bordering Amboseli, Porini Camp has nine comfortable tents and a rustic, ‘bush’ feel to it. The land is Maasai-owned and the wildlife viewing here can be very good indeed.

An award-winning luxury tented camp in Amboseli, with excellent views of Kilimanjaro. Tortilis has 17 tents with wooden floors and elegant bathrooms. In addition to game drives, you can take a Maasaiguided walk outside the park.

Kenya

A large country house in Naivasha set in lush gardens, with a pool and tennis court. Birding here is incredible, with about 320 species.

Activities include game drives and this is a good base from which to explore the wider area.

Elsa’s Kopje

Rusinga Island Lodge VICTORIA

Only a short flight from the Mara, this lovely island lodge has seven cottages set in semi-tropical gardens.

It has a spa and pool and offers lots of watersports. It is family-friendly, very relaxing and works well with the local community too.

Saruni Samburu

SAMBURU

Shompole

Near Lake Natron on the Tanzanian border, Shompole offers remote, beautifully designed luxury accommodation with lots of pools, and incredible views. Great place to relax but lots of walking, game drives and other activities too.

Sasaab

SAMBURU

One of the most successful community-owned and run lodges in Kenya. The six wood and thatch bandas are northwest of Lewa. There is a pool and activities include game walks and drives, birdwatching and visits to the local village.

Kutazama

Hugely romantic and fun, the ‘Star Beds’ make you smile! On the edge of the Laikipia Plateau, Loisaba Wildlife Conservancy has a stunning lodge and these unique ‘Star Beds’ which offer a night under African skies - with comfort!

Asha Cottage

COAST

A gorgeous manor house in Mugie Conservancy. Come and stay here if you want homely luxury and great wildlife plus lots of activity choices including conservation projects, ranch activities and links local communities.

Delta Dunes

COAST

A remote luxury lodge overlooking the Ewaso Nyiro River. This is arid Samburu land. There is wildlife here, but it is more about experiencing the wilderness on foot or with camels accompanied by Samburu guides and perhaps swimming or fishing.

Kinondo Kwetu

COAST

A luxury tented eco-lodge owned by the local community, Sarara is in northern Laikipia not far from Samburu. Varied habitats encourage good wildlife which you see on walks & drives. Fly camping is also available.

Don’t miss the Singing Wells!

Kipungani Explorer

LAMU

Mobile adventure camping is a great alternative to lodges/camps and can get you well away from the crowds. Camp staff are on hand to assist and cook excellent meals for you. Your dome tent sleeps two, and bush showers and loos are provided.

Manda Bay

LAMU

Kiangazi House

NAIVASHA

Il N’gwesi Lodge

LAIKIPIA

Loisaba Star Beds

LAIKIPIA

Mutamaiyu House

LAIKIPIA

Sabuk

LAIKIPIA

Sarara Camp

LAIKIPIA

Mobile Camping

32

RIFT

www.Tribes.co.uk

MERU

SHIMBA

Named after Elsa the lioness of ‘Born Free’ fame, the lodge incorporates natural features of the rocky hillside.

The nine cottages are luxuriously appointed. An infinity pool overlooks the meru plains. Day and night game drives and bush walks are available.

A stylish lodge just north of Samburu. It has a good spa and is closely linked with local communities. Saruni offers game viewing with Samburu guides and if you are really keen you can take the ‘warrior for a week’ programme.

In the heart of Samburu-owned land, adjacent to Samburu Reserve, this Moroccan-style lodge has a remote elevated setting above the Ewaso Nyiro. It has large tents each with a private plunge pool. Game drives, walks, cultural visits & biking.

A luxury retreat with a huge tiered pool, Kutazama is on the edge of an escarpment. Game drives, walks and picnics are organised in the elephant sanctuary or in Shimba Hills. The hosting, accommodation and food is superb.

A family-run, boutique-style lodge in Diani, Asha has only 5 rooms and a good seafront position. It’s known for great food (its terrace - left- is open to the public for lunch). It has a friendly, relaxed atmosphere.

There is no-one else here! Set in the dunes behind miles of remote beach two hours north of Malindi, Delta Dunes has seven stylish open-fronted cottages on wooden platforms. Take a closer look and don’t consider less than three nights.

On a private beach south of Diani, about 2 hours from Mombasa. Two pools, diving and snorkelling (the reef is only 5 mins away), kite surfing, dhow cruises, horse riding, spa and a golf course nearby. It is a perfect small resort to relax in.

A rustic, friendly retreat with fabulous food and good community links, the lodge has 13 comfortable thatched chalets. The mangrovelined beaches here are tidal, but you can enjoy activities in the Kipungani channel and there is a great pool.

Surrounded by miles of palmfringed beaches and intriguing creeks, this is a perfect getaway retreat. There are 16 cottages, a gorgeous pool, and lots of activities such as windsurfing, waterskiing, kayaking, diving and spa treatments.

MALAWI

Kaya Mawa on Lake Malawi

A relaxed, friendly African experience with a focus on lake activities Malawi is one of the most beautiful and friendly places in Africa. Whilst it does have some great wildlife destinations, its main attractions are the scenery, lake and people.

The lake is the third largest in Africa, and provides water and food for much of the population. The people are amongst the poorest in the world but they always have a smile for the visitor.

Visit Malawi as a single destination, or perhaps combine with a good quality safari in Zambia.

A few days relaxing on the lake is a great way to end an exciting safari experience, and a good alternative to a long flight to the coast.

33

www.Tribes.co.uk

Malawi

malawi

Liwonde National Park

Itinerary suggestion Day 1 Arrive in Lilongwe and transfer to Liwonde

National Park. Game viewing based at a gorgeous

tented camp.

Day 2 Two days game viewing in Liwonde.

Day 4: Drive about two hours to Lake Malawi, and enjoy

time on Mumbo Island.

Day 5: Watersports and relaxation at a comfortable rustic

lodge on Mumbo.

Day 6: Drive back to Lilongwe and fly out to Likoma

Island to stay at Kaya Mawa Lodge.

Day 7: Enjoy three more night on Likoma.

Day 10: Fly back to Lilongwe for your onward flight.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made The above itinerary is just one example to help you get started.

Just tell us what you want and we will arrange everything to

Malawi highlights

fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider. For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

• • • • •

Lake Malawi - swimming, snorkelling, diving, kayaking ...

Meet some of the friendliest people in Africa Boat safaris in Liwonde National Park Get away from it all on remote Likoma Island Great hiking around Mt Mulanje, Zomba & the Viphya

Best times to go

Malawi is a year round destination but some activities are better at different times of the year (please ask). The heaviest rain falls mostly between February and March and windy season on the lake tends to be around June / July. Short rains are around November.

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

Key facts Time:

GMT+2 hours.

Flights:

International flights go via

Nairobi or Johannesburg.

Language: English is the official language but Chichewa is most common.

Min temp

15

15

15

10

5

0

0

5

10

10

15

15

34

Required for EU citizens.

Health:

There are no compulsory

vaccinations.

Max temp

30

Visas:

30

30

www.Tribes.co.uk

30

25

23

23

25

30

30

30

30

Kaya Mawa

LAKE MALAWI

Stunning accommodation with a superb lake location on Likoma Island. Kaya Mawa has thatched stone cottages with private terraces, most with direct access to the lake. Very romantic and great links with the local community.

Nkwichi Lodge, Mozambique LAKE MALAWI

Walking safaris from Mkulumadzi Lodge in Majete Wildlife Reserve

Lake Malawi This huge lake covers about a fifth of the country and includes a World Heritage Site called Lake Malawi National Park which encompasses the bay, lake and islands within 100m of the shoreline

On the Mozambique shoreline of Lake Malawi, Nkwichi has a beautiful and peaceful situation, offers great service, has excellent eco-credentials and you can do some exciting water and landbased activities from here too.

Pumulani

LAKE MALAWI

around Cape Maclear. The clear waters here are full of hundreds of species of colourful tropical fish. Snorkelling can be incredible, and there are also diving opportunities. On land there are baboons, hyrax and antelope plus many bird species.

You can enjoy time on the lake staying on the shore, perhaps in the National Park, or on an island such as Likoma or Mumbo. Likoma is a little piece of Malawi in Mozambique waters, and has a huge cathedral as well as some gorgeous beaches and an interesting history.

The Highlands Zomba Plateau is a beautiful, forested area with streams and waterfalls, more reminiscent of

The only lodge inside Lake Malawi National Park, this is a stylish lodge on the southern end of the lake. Fabulous position, luxury accommodation and lots of activities.

Mvuu Wilderness Lodge

LIWONDE

Scotland than Africa. It is excellent for hiking, fishing and horse riding, and there is a good lodge called Ku Chawe Inn. At 3000m Mount Mulanje is Malawi’s highest mountain and a very good hiking region. You might also enjoy visiting the tea estates at Thyolo, between Blantyre and Mulanje. grasslands and forests where hiking and fishing are the main activities.

The Wildlife Whilst things are slowly changing, Liwonde National Park is still the main focus of wildlife viewing in Malawi. The Shire River attracts hippos, elephants, huge crocodiles and many species of birds. There is also a rhino sanctuary here. Just south of the Nyika Plateau is Vwaza Marsh Game Reserve which is also good for birdwatching, elephant and hippos.

Majete Wildlife Reserve is the new alternative for wildlife in Malawi. It is in the south not far from Blantyre. Since 2003 thousands of animals have been translocated into the park, and so now there is a healthy population of game, including elephants, rhinos, buffalo, zebra ...

Robin Pope Safaris have a lovely new lodge here too called Mkulumadzi Lodge.

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR MALAWI HOLIDAY • Lake activities. You can relax on beaches, go swimming, snorkelling, diving, kayaking, fishing or take boat trips. Some beach properties are better for families, some better for couples or honeymooners.

Let us know your focus and we’ll get you to the right places.

• Safaris. Liwonde is still Malawi’s best safari destination. Or you could consider doing your safari in Zambia or South Africa, then coming here to relax by the lake. Ask us for help about this.

• Other activities. Village visits, hiking, horse riding, biking ... Malawi can offer a really varied African experience, and there’s even a dinosaur museum! Meeting local people is one of the highlights for many visitors to Malawi and this is possible nearly everywhere.

35

www.Tribes.co.uk

An elegant lodge on the Shire River in Liwonde, Mvuu offers seven luxury tents overlooking a lagoon. Game viewing can be by vehicle and on foot but boat safaris are the main highlight.

• We wanted a beautiful and romantic getaway and we got it. We liked that the trip was true luxury but also very different and off the beaten track.

• I can’t get over how lovely all the people we met were.

• It’s a perfect, safe place if you want to get involved with local people - though you have to take loads of photos of the children!

• Everyone staying at Kaya Mawa talked about their experience walking on Likoma Island in the community. Holidays such as this create a demand for a lodge in the middle of nowhere, providing stable jobs to over 100 people on a remote island who otherwise might not be employed. I was glad my money was going to that.

Read more Reviews and Unforgettable Experiences by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

The Nyika Plateau is the country’s most northerly and oldest park. It is a highland area of

Malawi

MAURITIUS & RODRIGUES Tropical Indian Ocean islands offering a year round beach escape Lying about 2000 kilometers off the south east coast of Africa, Mauritius is a perfect tropical island which can be visited in its own right, or after an African safari.

Whilst the island has some interesting cultural aspects, it is basically the fabulous beaches that people come for. Mauritius offers some incredible hotels with impeccable service, so if you want somewhere you can relax in luxury, there is plenty of choice. There are also some great little guest houses if you like to stay in smaller places and perhaps

Rodrigues could also be an option for you if you are more of an adventurous traveller who likes a simpler life. Even the people on Rodrigues say that this island is like Mauritius was about 50 years ago.

36

www.Tribes.co.uk

MPTA/fotoseekers.com

take some time to explore.

MPTA/fotoseekers.com

Itinerary suggestion Day 1

On arrival collect your hire car.

Head for La Maison d’Ete. Relax

and start to unwind.

Beautiful Indian Ocean islands

Day 2

Day on the beach.

Wonderful beaches and watersports

Day 3 A day exploring local towns

Excellent spas

Great walking trails on Rodrigues

Day 4 Another day on the beach!

Mauritius & Rodrigues highlights

• • • •

and markets.

Day 5 Explore the local coast on

Key facts

bikes.

Time:

GMT+4 hours.

Day 6 Travel south and inland to

Flights:

Fly in from UK direct or Johannesburg in South Africa.

Lakaz Chamarel (about 1 hour).

Language: The official language is English though the national language is

Day 7 Local sightseeing by car:

Mauritian Creole (very similar to French).

Coloured earths, Black River

Visas:

Visas are not required for most nationalities, including British.

Gorges ...

Health:

This is not a malarial country.

Day 8 Guided walks from the lodge.

Best times to go

Have a massage and sauna in

the afternoon.

Day 9 Chill out by the pool.

Mauritius is a year round destination being hotter (average 23-33°c) November to

Day 10 Head for home.

April and cooler (17 - 23°c) May to October. The climate is tropical and affected by southeast trade winds. May to November is a warm, dry, winter and November through to May is the hot, wet and humid summer period. Cyclones can occur during November - April.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made The above

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

itinerary is just one example to help you get started.

Just tell us what you want and we will

Ave min temp

23

23

22

20

19

17

17

17

17

18

19

22

34

32

31

30

28

28

27

28

31

33

35

Max temp

35

arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

37

www.Tribes.co.uk

Mauritius

MPTA/fotoseekers.com

Mauritius Mauritius has a lot to offer everyone from honeymooners to families. Water sports are popular and the island is surrounded by reefs but there is plenty to explore inland too with tropical forests, hills and hiking, colourful markets and a tasty food culture!

Mauritius is part of the Mascerenes Islands in the Indian Ocean, which also includes Rodrigues and Reunion. It was ‘discovered’ in the 9th century by the Arabs but the Dutch were the first to colonise the island. Unfortunately this spelled the destruction of the ebony forest and the extinction of the dodo. The French took possession of the island in 1715. In 1814 Mauritius, Rodrigues and the Seychelles were handed to the British. They abolished slavery in 1835 and labourers were brought in from India. Chinese and Muslim traders were attracted to the island at this time and added to the rich mix of culture which nows makes up the population of Mauritius.

Beaches are definitely the big draw card of Mauritius! Clear, warm waters and beautiful sandy beaches make this a tropical idyll. There are large lagoons lined with sand, perfect for enjoying swimming or just sun bathing. There are endless opportunities for water sports, diving and snorkelling.

Flying time from the UK is twelve hours. Port Louis, the capital is on the north west of the island. As well as the shops, markets and restaurants, there are also some great beaches around here. Have a look at our website for more detailed notes on the different areas and beaches you can consider.

Rodrigues Rodrigues is a tiny island (108km2) about 1 hour twenty minutes flight from Mauritius. It is very different from Mauritius. It’s like stepping back in time here. The good side of this is that the island is still very unaffected by tourism, so the beaches are quiet and the African creole culture is intact. There are enough fabulous walking trails on the island to keep you busy for about a week and there are lots of really excellent dive sites. However the infrastructure is less developed and there is far

Unforgettable Experiences

MPTA/fotoseekers.com

less choice of accommodation, with most of it being guest houses.

38

• I would recommend La Maison d’Ete to anyone who wants to get away from it all. You basically have 2 options on Mauritius - resort with lots of people or a quiet getaway.

• Mauritius was just as glorious as it was described. We barely went outside the resort (Preskil Beach) as there was so much, or little, we could choose to do!

• We could not have wished for more. Our honeymoon was absolutely fantastic.

Read more reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

www.Tribes.co.uk

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR MAURITIUS HOLIDAY • Which coast? East coast for beautiful coves, clear lagoons and cooling breezes. South coast for high sea cliffs and caves, wilder seas than elsewhere, some sheltered coves. West (sunset) coast for nature and sports lovers. Great watersports and lovely beaches. North coast for more hours of sunshine, and proximity to Grand Baie for shops and nightlife.

• Rodrigues or not? A different kettle of fish to Mauritius! Rural, sleepy, not ‘mainstream’ (perfect for adventure travellers seeking simpler life), has its own culture (very African), wonderful diving, friendly people, miles of walking trails, few cars. Simple peace and quiet.

• Single or multi-centre? If you just want a place to hit the beach, you probably only need one centre. However if you want to see a bit of the island and its diversity, you could stay in more than one place, or even hire a car. We’re happy to advise.

• Looking for a good spa? Some hotels have incredible spa facilities, just ask for our recommendations.

some lovely places to stay

Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos) plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website: www.tribes.co.uk

Hotel 20° South

39

20° South

Gorgeous boutique hotel of thirty four rooms, situated on the edge of Grand Baie in the north of the island.

Peaceful and private feeling, this is an ideal spot if you like genteel, colonial-style surroundings.

Maradiva Villas

Luxury private suites with a fabulous spa set in 27 acres of lush gardens overlooking Tamarin Bay. This is a place for being pampered and relaxing in private, peaceful surroundings.

Auberge Aquarella

A local guest house which makes a great base from which to explore.

It’s on the edge of Mahebourg, in walking distance from shops and markets. An ideal, good value base for a self-drive holiday.

Paradise Cove

A gorgeous north coast hotel on a sheltered cove just outside of Grand Baie. Popular with honeymooners. It has an almost Moroccan boutique feel to it, a private beach and freshwater infinity pools.

La Maison d’Ete

A peaceful east coast guest house overlooking the reef and with two pools. It’s a very friendly, owner-run place with great food (they have a little bistro) and a quiet location. Free mountain bike hire for you to explore the area.

Shanti Maurice

Primarily a wonderful yoga and spa retreat, Shanti Maurice is a luxury hotel on the south coast set in 36 acres of tropical garden. Beautiful pools, excellent service - a place to get away and recharge your batteries.

Lakaz Chamarel

A boutique forest lodge with a spa set in the forest about 20 minutes drive from the south coast. This was a private house and it still retains a homely feel. Quite luxurious, with high standards of food and service, and gorgeous tropical gardens.

Sous le Badamier

A small guest house with a homestay feel. It’s ideally located for exploring the Grand Baie area and the north. This would suit self-drive visitors whose priority is not a beach holiday (although there are beaches nearby). Simple good local food.

Le Preskil

Set on a peninsula and one of the few hotels with a private beach.

Great value for money, great service, and suitable for both honeymooners and families. It’s on the edge of historic Mahebourg on a sheltered bay.

The Residence

A colonial-feeling luxury hotel near Belle Mare. It is set on a gorgeous half mile long beach. Huge rooms, excellent service, great facilities (including a spa) and lots of activities.

A place for refined relaxation.

Le St Gerain

One of the finest hotels on the island. Located at the end of the Belle Mar peninsula with long sandy beaches. Superb and varied facilities and services, top class cuisine, large tropical gardens.

The Oberoi

A top class hotel with a fusion of African, Asian and European styles. Huge rooms with 4-poster beds, glorious gardens and a private beach. Excellent facilities (including a spa).

L’Exil Lodge

Perfect for those looking for nature activities. Overlooking hills and waterfalls in the south of the island, this is where you come for a change from the beach, and perhaps to enjoy some hiking and horse riding.

Cases a Gardenias

www.Tribes.co.uk

RODRIGUES

A guest house for lovers of excellent local home-produced food! It currently has only 3 rooms and is situated in the rural middle of Rodrigues. In our view this is probably the best place to stay on the island.

Mauritius

MOZAMBIQUE Pristine secluded beaches, with excellent snorkelling, diving and watersports Mozambique is a huge country with vast potential for travellers interested in culture, wildlife and the coast. Whilst there are wildlife options, the coast is currently the main attraction for visitors. It is an increasingly popular choice for people wanting a luxury beach holiday in an unusual destination.

We recommend two main coastal areas. In the far north there is the Quirimbas Archipelago, which is close to Tanzania. Much further south, just above Maputo and most easily accessible from South Africa, is the Bazaruto Archipelago. Both areas offer gorgeous beaches and some lovely places to stay.

Consider the Mozambican coast after a holiday or safari in Tanzania or southern Africa.

40

www.Tribes.co.uk

Mozambique

Itinerary suggestion from Tanzania

Fantastic snorkelling, diving and other watersports

Time:

GMT+2 hours.

Flights:

Fly in from Dar es Salaam in Tanzania or Johannesburg in South Africa.

understood in a few larger towns.

Visas:

Visas are required for most nationalities, including British.

Health:

This is a malarial country.

to Vamizi Island (20 mins) or

Ibo Island (30 mins).

Day 2

Enjoy time at your chosen

lodge or island. onward flights.

Vilanculos (about 3 hours). You

then take a motor boat (20-30

mins) to Benguerra Island. lodge or resort.

Day 7 Travel back to Johannesburg

for your onward arrangements.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made

It is warm or hot most of the year, so it is actually a year-round destination. Diving and snorkelling is great all year but at its very best from November to March. The rains are from about early December to March.

May

Best times to go

Apr

Drive to Guludo (3½hrs) or fly

Day 2 Enjoy time at your chosen

Language: Portuguese is the main language, and is widely spoken. English is

Mar

Day 1 Fly from Johannesburg to

Gorongosa and Niassa reserves for wildlife and birds in stunning scenery

Feb

Pemba (about 1 hour).

Itinerary suggestion from South Africa

Secluded beaches and villages, remote community projects

Jan

Beautiful Indian Ocean islands

Key facts

Fly from Dar es Salaam to

Day 7 Travel back to Pemba for

Mozambique highlights

• • • •

Day 1

The above itinerary is just one example to help you get started.

Just tell us what you want and we’ll

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss

Min temp

22

23

22

19

18

15

12

16

18

18

21

22

35

30

28

26

26

25

26

27

28

30

30

Max temp

35

41

www.Tribes.co.uk

your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

Mozambique

Guludo Beach Lodge

NORTH MOZAMBIQUE

On one of Mozambique’s best beaches! It is a really friendly lodge which does lots for the local community too. The bandas are thatched and rustic but very comfortable. And not just beach, but plenty of activities - walks, cruises, archery ...

Nuarro Lodge

NORTH MOZAMBIQUE

Umbrellas on the sand bank at Ibo Island

Mainland coast There are five main fly-in access points to Mozambique. In the north Pemba is the access for the Quirimbas, Guludo and other mainland northern beach lodges. In the centre you fly into Beira to get to Gorongosa and lodges such as Nuarro. Then in the south there is Maputo for your access

A bush and beach ecolodge on the gorgeous Baixo do Pinda Peninsula. Twelve beachfront chalets set in sand dunes overlook the bay. Lots of activities such as snorkelling, diving, dhow sailing, whale watching, community visits.

Explore Gorongosa

GORONGOSA NP

to the city and its culture, and Inhambane and Vilanculos for a variety of beach resorts including the Bazaruto Archipelago. The whole coastline has a variety of places to stay on the beach but they all have their own character.

The Quirimbas Archipelago Stretching from the Tanzanian border down to Pemba in northern Mozambique, the Quirimbas Archipelago includes 32 tropical coral islands, such as Ibo (a great island for local culture) and Medjumbe (uninhabited seclusion). It is still quite costly to get to this stunning area, but if you’re looking for a remote and beautiful beach resort, the Quirimbas could be the perfect answer.

A wilderness experience in the park but with comfort. This tented camp has only a handful of tents that are moved to suit the seasons and the wildlife patterns. Game drives, as much walking as you want, canoe and mokoro rides when possible.

Benguerra Lodge

BAZARUTO ARCHIPELAGO

The Bazaruto Archipelago About 30kms off the coast from Vilanculos, and with marine national park status, this archipelago consists of four main tropical islands including Benguerra and Bazaruto. Offering excellent snorkelling and diving, great beaches and some gorgeous accommodation, this is a fabulous beach holiday destination.

Wildlife Safaris Gorongosa National Park is in the heart of central Mozambique. Covering 3,770 km2, the park has a very varied landscape with grasslands, forested plateaus and even the last remaining true

Pristine beaches and one of Africa’s best snorkel and dive sites. Benguerra offers luxury beach chalets, a pool, great food and lots of water-based activities. Perfect after a South African safari!

Medjumbe Lodge

QUIRIMBAS ARCHIPELAGO

rainforest in southern Africa. Seasonal flooding also creates a variety of distinct ecosystems. Now that the country is stable once more, the wildlife is returning to the park, which was once known as the Serengeti of the south. It is home to antelope, large elephant herds, buffalo, wildebeest, zebra, hippos, crocs ... etc. There are also lions and rarely seen leopards. Birding is fantastic.

Up on the Tanzanian border Niassa Wildlife Reserve is a huge park (bigger than Kruger) and has the highest concentration of wildlife in Mozambique.

On an unspoilt private island offering barefoot luxury. Medjumbe has 13 chalets, attentive service, great seafood and is a fabulous, quiet place to relax or enjoy watersports.

Ibo Island Lodge

Elephants in Gorongosa National Park

42

www.Tribes.co.uk

QUIRIMBAS ARCHIPELAGO

A historic waterfront mansion on a culturally fascinating island. Ibo is a truly wonderful place to explore the culture and history of this great island, and the small friendly lodge is the perfect base.

Mozambique

RWANDA

The land of a thousand hills and just a few mountain gorillas Rwanda is a small but beautiful country. It has come through its troubles of the 1990’s to be a peaceful country with a mainly rural population. Visitors are returning to Rwanda in slowly increasing numbers and are being rewarded with a friendly welcome, aweinspiring scenery and incredible wildlife viewing opportunities.

The country supports a wide diversity of flora and fauna including 170 species of mammals, 670 birds and 400 butterflies. Attractions include hiking, walking and chimp tracking, however the main highlight is, of course, the chance to see the mountain gorilla.

43

www.Tribes.co.uk

Rwanda

RWANDA Itinerary suggestion Day 1 Arrive Kigali from where you

drive 2-3 hours through

beautiful hills to Ruhengeri.

Settle into your lodge near

Parc National des Volcans.

Day 2 After an early breakfast

drive to the trailhead to

start your gorilla trek.

Hopefully find and spend up

to an hour with the gorillas.

Day 3: Chance for a second gorilla

trek, then transfer to Gisenyi

on Lake Kivu. Relax, explore

the lake shore and watch

the local fishermen.

Day 4: A long, scenic drive to

Nyungwe Forest in

the south. Two nights in a

simple guesthouse.

Day 5: Very early start for a guided

chimpanzee trek. Rest of

the day at leisure.

Day 6: Drive back to Kigali, arriving

late afternoon.

Day 7: Morning city tour of Kigali

before transfer to airport for

your onward flight.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made

Rwanda highlights

• • • •

Mountain gorillas in the Parc National des Volcans Excellent chances to see other primates including chimpanzees Very good bird watching Beautiful scenery and some good hiking

Key facts

Visas:

Time:

GMT+2 hours.

citizens.

Flights:

International flights are via

Health:

Required for British & EU Rwanda is a malarial country.

Nairobi, then connect to Kigali.

Yellow fever innoculations are required

Language: French is the main language.

if visiting or passing through an infected area before arrival.

Best times to go

Gorillas can be tracked all year round. The main rains are between March and May then again from October to November. It is easier to trek in the drier months.

The above itinerary is just

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

25

24

24

24

24

26

28

Oct

Nov

Dec

10

10

10

10

28

27

27

26

one example to help you get started.

Just tell us what you want and we’ll arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

44

www.Tribes.co.uk

Min temp

10 Max temp

26

Gorilla trekking The Parc National des Volcans (Volcanoes National Park) is one of the best places to see mountain gorillas. The park is dominated by the Virunga volcanoes. The terrain is extremely hilly, with bamboo forest and woodland being the main habitat. This was the park where Dian Fossey worked with mountain gorillas.

When trekking to see the gorillas, be prepared for an arduous day.

A search can take anything from 15 minutes to 8 hours of hiking through difficult and usually wet, muddy terrain, and a sighting is not guaranteed. But it’s absolutely worth it if you find them! You get up to an hour to sit with the gorillas, hopefully enjoying a magical time watching a family group feeding, grooming and playing.

Nyungwe Forest National Park This little-known park in the mountains in the south west is a huge area of montane forest which is home to a large number of primates, such as chimpanzees and Ruwenzori colobus monkeys, as well as other wildlife and many bird species. There are about 1000 chimpanzees here and about 50kms of trails on which to find them.

Lake Kivu Lake Kivu borders the Democratic Republic of Congo. Gisenyi is the most northerly port and is a pleasant, relaxed town with colonial buildings, restaurants and small hotels bordering the lakeside beaches. It is a good place to relax for a few days and see a bit of Rwandan life. Maybe include a fascinating visit to the Congo border with its bustling markets, or you could consider a boat trip on the lake, perhaps south to Kibuye (about one hour by boat).

Sabyinyo Silverback Lodge

Kigali

VOLCANOES NP

Mountain Gorilla View Lodge

VOLCANOES

Most travellers fly in and out of Kigali, Rwanda’s capital city. It is a colourful and noisy place with the usual banks, shops and craft sellers. You may even be lucky enough to see the incredible Intore Dancers (left) if they are in town.

Just outside Volcanoes National Park, Sabyinyo is an excellent upmarket base from which to trek to see the gorillas. It is a community-owned lodge run

by Governor’s Camps.

A good value lodge close to Volcanoes National Park. The 30 cottages are simple but comfortable, and the lodge offers a friendly no frills base for your gorilla trekking.

Nyungwe Forest Lodge

Cormoran Lodge

If you want to get a view on Rwanda’s troubled past, there are guided tours to

NYUNGWE FOREST

KIBUYE, LAKE KIVU

the genocide memorials. Whilst not a comfortable experience, it is an aspect of the country which can not be ignored and which can be avoided.

In a tea plantation on the edge of Nyungwe Forest, this is a stylish lodge with a pool. It is an excellent, relaxing place from which to trek into the forest to see 13 primates, including chimpanzees.

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR RWANDA HOLIDAY

• A fabulous destination offering just about every African experience including the gorillas, who were exceptional.

• Not just gorillas. Don’t make the mistake of thinking that Rwanda is ONLY about the gorillas. While you’re here, take time to get to know the people and enjoy the magnificent scenery.

• The wildlife was wonderful, especially the gorillas. Most people seem to go to Rwanda only to see the gorillas so we were pleased that we also saw other parts of the country as Rwanda has so much to offer.

• History. There’s no denying that Rwanda has had a turbulent history, but it’s come out of its problems now. If you’d like to learn more, you will get a fascinating insight from the local people.

• Combining safari options. Rwanda can be combined with a traditional East African safari. There are flight links into Tanzania and Kenya from Kigali. It can also be easily combined with Uganda.

• Relaxing. If you want some time to relax on your trip, we recommend time on Lake Kivu (either Gisenyi or Kibuye). Alternatively you could head over to the Indian Ocean, perhaps to Kenya’s mainland coast or Lamu, or maybe to Zanzibar or another of Tanzania’s islands.

45

In a quiet bay on the lake, with a small beach area, this is a small lodge with big airy wellequipped log cabins. A perfect relaxing stopover spot between Nyungwe and Volcanoes.

www.Tribes.co.uk

• Rwanda is a beautiful country despite its horrific and heartbreaking past history.

• We saw a group of 20 gorillas with juveniles playing and tumbling in a forest clearing, and a mother with a 2 month old infant.

• We love nature and experiencing different cultures, especially when you can do so a bit off the beaten track. We were constantly having to pinch ourselves in order to believe that we were really there.

Read more reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Rwanda

Unforgettable Experiences

all Rwandans try to face so that any repetition

SOUTH AFRICA A taste of Africa’s endless variety in one fascinating country It is the country’s extraordinary diversity that makes South Africa so attractive, encapsulating so much of what the continent has to offer.

There are cosmopolitan cities, world-renowned vineyards, stunning beaches, and the picturesque Garden Route in the Cape. You can enjoy excellent wildlife viewing in a choice of over 300 game reserves and national parks. Landscapes vary from the tamed yet beautiful Winelands, to stark deserts, huge savannah areas, wild coasts and dramatic mountains. Add to this a melting pot of different cultures from distinctive peoples such as the Zulu and Venda, and South Africa becomes a great place for a holiday, whatever your interests.

The two small countries of Swaziland and Lesotho can be included in a visit here, adding another dimension to an already varied holiday.

46

www.Tribes.co.uk

Itinerary suggestion Fly to Durban from Jo’burg.

Self-drive to St Lucia Wetlands.

Day 2

A day to discover the wildlife

and beaches of the wetlands.

Day 3 A short drive to Hluhluwe

South Africa highlights

• • • • • •

Day 1

Game Reserve for two days of

Famed wildlife of Kruger National Park, and over 300 other parks and reserves

excellent wildlife viewing.

Incredible diversity of landscapes, environment, wildlife, cultures and activities

Day 5 Continue north to the stunning

Certain areas offer a malaria-free African holiday

Maputaland coast at Kosi or

The beauty of the Garden Route and the world-renowned Winelands

Rocktail Bay region. Relax

on the beach or enjoy water-

based activities.

Stunning beaches and cosmopolitan cities Swaziland and Lesotho add another dimension to this vast land

Day 9 Travel to Swaziland’s Mkhaya

Day 11 Drive to Johannesburg for

Key facts

Visas:

Time:

GMT+2 hours.

travellers.

Flights:

About 11 hours to Jo’burg.

Health: No vaccinations are compulsory. Malaria is found in certain areas (mainly Kruger and the east coast towards Mozambique) but not throughout the country.

Language: English is the main administrative language and is widely spoken. There are 11 official languages, corresponding to the main tribal groups.

Game Reserve.

Not needed for British

flight to Cape Town.

Day 12 Three days to enjoy the

highlights of Cape Town and

the Cape Peninsula.

Day 15 Morning flight home.

Best times to go

Since the country is so huge, there are vastly differing weather patterns in different areas. Very generally, from about April to October, the Cape tends to be cool and wet, whilst Kwazulu Natal and the eastern regions are mostly warm and dry. From roughly October to April, the reverse is the trend. The climate chart below gives an idea for

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made The above itinerary is just

Cape Town.

one example to help you get started.

Just tell us what you want and we will

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please

Min temp

16

16

15

13

11

9

9

9

11

12

14

15

26

25

23

20

18

17

18

19

21

23

25

Max temp

26

47

www.Tribes.co.uk

see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

South Africa

cape town & The cape peninsula

Cape Town’s vibrant Waterfront

Western cape

Vines at Rozendal

The Winelands Within less than an hour’s drive of Cape Town is a beautiful, mountainous wine-growing region. Incredible natural beauty, a rich cultural heritage and world-renowned wines from fertile vineyards combine with wellpreserved Cape Dutch, Georgian and Victorian St James’ beach

Cape Town With the impressive backdrop of Table Mountain and Table Bay at its feet, Cape Town has to be one of the world’s most stunningly

Boulders Beach penguins residential areas. A local resident will take you to see past the poverty, meet the people and learn about positive changes happening. We can arrange for you to stay in a B&B here.

architecture to make this a fascinating area to visit.

Constantia is the closest vineyard to Cape Town and can be used as an alternative base for the city. Franschhoek is one of the loveliest villages in the Cape, surrounded by

situated cities. Whether you like to spend

Beaches. Camps Bay is five minutes drive

mountains and vineyards, and Stellenbosch

your days shopping and chilling out in the

from the city centre and many other beaches

and Paarl are also well worth visiting.

fashionable Waterfront area, visiting the

are within short driving distances.

We can arrange gourmet wine tours for you,

natural beauty of this region, Cape Town really

The Cape Peninsula

though our preference is for the wine, cheese

does have something for every taste.

Cape Peninsula National Park

vibrant townships, or making the most of the

and chocolate tour!

This park encompasses the scenic Peninsula

If you fancy seeing a different and fascinating

mountain chain flanked by the Atlantic to

side of life in the winelands, let us organise

the west and False Bay in the east. It includes

a visit to Kayamandi township (part of

The Victoria & Alfred Waterfront is a working

Table Mountain, the Cape of Good Hope and

Stellenbosch) for you. You can simply take

harbour with restaurants, museums and shops.

Cape Point, and is part of the Cape Floral

a tour or perhaps stop for an afternoon to

Table Mountain. Take a cable car to the top of this high plateau with fabulous views.

Robben Island is a barren, ex-prison island known for its famous inmate, Nelson Mandela.

Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens is on the eastern slopes of Table Mountain, and with about 5000 plant species, it is one of the world’s greatest botanical gardens.

Kingdom owing to its huge diversity of plant species. There are about 250 bird species, plus a variety of mammals such as baboons,

learn a bit of African cooking or even try some drumming!

buck and caracal.

Atlantic and False Bay Seaboards Both of these coastlines boast great beaches, such as Clifton, Llandudno, Bakoven and

Bo-Kaap. The Malay Quarter is a residential

Boulders Beach (where you can see African

area of people descended from Malay slaves

penguins). There are also pretty fishing

and immigrants brought here during Dutch

villages such as Hout Bay and Kalk Bay.

occupation. Don’t miss Cape Malay cuisine.

Townships are huge, mostly very poor

48

www.Tribes.co.uk

Enjoying Winelands fare in Le Franschhoek

NORTHERN CAPE

The Kalagadi Desert

Cedarberg

The Cape Whale Coast

Travel north of Cape Town for about two to

This is a region roughly between Cape

three hours and you come to the beautiful

Town and George. As the name suggests,

Cedarberg Mountain range, situated between

it includes some of the country’s best

The Kalahari Desert covers much of the

the towns of Clanwilliam, Citrusdal and Ceres.

whale watching coastline. Southern Right,

area, home to the San Bushmen, who eke

It is known for its stunning rock formations,

Humpback, Bryde’s and Killer whales all visit

out a precarious existence in this land of

ancient rock paintings and engravings, rivers,

these waters. Late June to mid-November is

extremes. Some fine game viewing, including

and the natural habitat of the rooibos bush

the best time to see them.

rare gemsbok, can be found in Kgalagadi

(used for red bush tea). There is also some good wildlife here and it is a great walking area.

Hermanus has grown from an old fishing village to being one of the best places in the

The largest of South Africa’s provinces, the Northern Cape is a region of huge skies and vast distances.

Transfrontier Park spanning the border with Botswana and Namibia.

world to view whales. From its rocky cliffs,

Further south, Augrabies Falls National Park

whales can be seen from as close as 10m

is known for a waterfall where the Orange

away, but you can also take boat trips to get

River cascades over a deep granite gorge.

even closer. The town even boasts its very own Whale Crier and has more than its fair

In the west, Namaqualand offers one of the

share of sandy beaches.

most spectacular displays of wild flowers

Gansbaai is just east of Hermanus. There are

rainfall usually some time between July and

a couple of wonderful private nature reserves

September.

in the world. This comes after the winter

to be close to the coast to see whales yet stay in a more rural spot than Hermanus, Grootbos

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR TIME IN THE CAPE

Stunning Cedarberg scenery

49

or Farm215 might be perfect for you.

• Cape Town. Most people find that at least 4 days is needed for Cape Town, but there is plenty to do even for a week. We can arrange some really fascinating and authentic trips in and around the town too, from evening jazz safaris, to storytelling, to cooking, football and township tours. We can also take you to some inspiring development projects. Ask us for our suggestions to make your stay more insightful and unique.

• Climate. The Cape gets the best of its weather from about October to March/April. During this time the climate is very Mediterranean. In other months you will come across cooler (sometimes cold), wetter weather, though this doesn’t deter many visitors as it’s still such a great place to visit.

• Car hire. It’s common and very easy to make use of hire cars in the Cape. Just let us know if you’d like us to arrange this for you.

• Beaches. There are some lovely beaches in the Cape Town region (eg Camps Bay), but we find that most people prefer to go further east for a beach stay after Cape Town, mainly due to the choice of accommodation, but sometimes also due to the weather. St Francis Bay or Plettenberg Bay in the Eastern Cape, or even beaches in KwaZulu Natal (north of Durban) are very popular amongst Tribes clients.

www.Tribes.co.uk

• Our main memories of South Africa will be of the many friendly local people we met.

• We really valued having planned a trip which included experiences of black South Africa and Lesotho alongside the standard sea and safari destinations.

• The guesthouses were absolutely superb very chic with better facilities than all 3* and most 4* hotels in Britain, with friendly people and personal touches you never see in hotels.

• No words can say how great our stay in South Africa was. It created memories that will last a lifetime. We are forever thankful to Tribes for helping us create an experience beyond our wildest dreams.

• We ended up whale watching at Gansbaai no effort required, simply sit and wait on the deck at the front of Whalesong Lodge and the whales will cruise by.

Unforgettable Experiences

here with great accommodation. If you want

Read more reviews, feedbacks and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

South Africa

the garden route

A view over Knysna The legendary Garden Route runs roughly between Mossel Bay and Storms River (west of Port Elizabeth) and takes in some of the most stunning scenery of the Cape coast; lakes, mountains, great beaches and coastal forests. There are various routes you can take and the best way to experience it is to self-drive, staying at characterful guest houses and small hotels of which there are too many to mention. Have a look at our website for accommodation ideas.

Oudtshoorn is in the Klein Karoo, 55km north of George. A visit to an ostrich farm is one of the attractions, and there is a place to see meerkats close by. However the most famous site is the Cango Caves with its breathtaking limestone formations. A homestay is an option here.

Wilderness is a gorgeous area of rivers, lakes, lagoons and forest not too far from Knysna. There are numerous walking trails to enjoy and birdwatching is excellent here. Other activities include canoeing, fishing, cycling and watching dolphins off the aptly named Dolphin Point.

Knysna lies between forested mountains and a lagoon. It is famed for its birdlife, watersports, craft shops and oysters. There is also a great elephant park. It’s a great spot.

The awe-inspiring Cango Caves

Plettenberg Bay, the jewel of the Garden Route, includes fabulous stretches of beach and various walking trails. It has some gorgeous places to stay. We can also offer responsibly-run marine adventures from here, such as dolphin and whale tours.

Tsitsikamma offers dramatic rugged shoreline with deep river gorges leading down to the sea. Remote mountainous regions with secluded valleys are covered in mountain fynbos and temperate high forests. There are also many exciting activities to take part in here, such as bungee jumping and eco-friendly treetop canopy tours at Storms River.

Port Elizabeth Port Elizabeth is the main hub on the eastern side of the Garden Route. Most people either start or finish here as there is an airport which can link you to Cape Town or Johannesburg. It is also the place from which you get to the wildlife reserves of the Eastern Cape (see next page).

However don’t forget the coast. The town has good beaches itself, but head west and you get to the gorgeous St Francis Bay. With its quiet untouched beaches it is perfect for relaxation at the end of a Garden Route holiday.

50

www.Tribes.co.uk

Coastline near Tsitsikamma

The Eastern Cape stretches from Tsitsikamma in the west to Port Edward in the east. It is an

eastern cape

area rich in cultural history and contains the large towns of Port Elizabeth and Port Edward, both with interesting links to early settlers.

It also includes the biodiversity hotspot of Pondoland on the stunning Wild Coast. This old Transkei region south of Port Edward is a beautiful and unspoilt wilderness area with stunning beaches, valleys and hills.

Wildlife Reserves The Eastern Cape offers excellent malaria-free reserves which combine well with a stay in Cape Town (1 hr 20 min flight from Cape Town to Port Elizabeth) or a Garden Route holiday.

Kariega Game Reserve is a private reserve about 1½ hours drive from Port Elizabeth. It offers four different lodges and good game. It has gorgeous scenery, great close encounters with elephants, and other good game. It

Addo: the greatest elephant spectacle on earth?

can also boast of being a bush-and-beach experience as it offers a short motor boat trip to the beach from a couple of the lodges.

Shamwari Game Reserve is an awardwinning, private 20,000 hectare reserve about an hour from Port Elizabeth. Its five ecosystems support many forms of plant, animal

A Real City Tour Something we highly recommend to most visitors to this region is a ‘real city tour’. Taking in the modern centre and the townships of Port Elizabeth, this is a truly fascinating half day tour. You can even add on dinner

and bird life, and it is strong on conservation.

in a shebeen. TV presenter Julia Bradbury

Addo Elephant Park can offer the greatest

moved by the experience.

travelled here with us a few years ago and was

An insight into township life

elephant spectacle on earth, plus it is home to black rhino, Cape buffalo, leopard, and a host of other mammals and over 400 bird species.

Kwandwe Private Game Reserve is on the Great Fish River near Grahamstown, with luxury accommodation and good wildlife.

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR SOUTH AFRICA HOLIDAY • A typical day on safari. Arriving at your game reserve by about lunchtime, you will have time to check-in before setting out on your first game drive in the afternoon. You’ll probably stay out and enjoy sundowner drinks until the sun sets and then return on a short night drive back to the lodge.

You can then enjoy a delicious dinner before turning in for the night. In the morning, you have an early morning wake-up call at about 5am with tea and biscuits, and you head out for your morning game drive, returning about 11am to a hearty brunch. You can relax in the early afternoon or perhaps enjoy a bush walk before afternoon tea and setting off again on your afternoon drive.

• Self-driving the Garden Route. If you are travelling from Cape Town to Port Elizabeth (or vice versa) along the Garden Route you are covering a distance of about 700-800kms (depending on the route) which equates to about 12 hours of solid driving. You can split this up very easily in some gorgeous places, and we normally recommend that you stay in 2 or 3 different places along the way. Generally the places we recommend you stay will be no more than about 4 hours drive apart.

Bear these distances in mind, as they have bearing on what you have time to do in each place you get to. Of course we will always advise you, and help you make the best itinerary for your interests.

• Visiting the township in Port Elizabeth was exciting and eye-opening. Much is being done to improve the future opportunities of the local tribes, and we were left with the impression that the future is bright.

• We very much enjoyed staying with Hazel at her homestay in Outdshoorn.

• We wanted to experience different aspects of South Africa and go beyond the main tourist itinerary and this holiday exceeded our expectations.

Lions at Kariega

51

www.Tribes.co.uk

Read more reviews, feedbacks and Unforgettable Experiences by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

• Activities. There are a huge number of varied activities along the Garden Route. You can either book these when you get there, or we can pre-book some key activities for you so you don’t miss out. Always check with us as to what might be worth booking in advance.

South Africa

kruger & mpumalanga

A walking safari from Rhino Post Safari Lodge

Impala in Kruger

The Panorama Route

Kruger National Park

You can take a short flight to Kruger from

Established in 1898, Kruger covers almost

Johannesburg, or you could drive and take in

2 million hectares and has 16 eco-zones

the scenic Panorama Route on the way.

making it hugely diverse. The seven adjacent

Instead of making a beeline for Kruger, perhaps stop at the historic gold mining town of Pilgrims’ Rest (about 4½ hours drive from Jo’burg and roughly 2 hours west of Kruger), or base yourself at Hazyview to enjoy some of the region’s many highlights.

another half a million hectares. There are 145 mammal species including the ‘big five’, and over 500 bird species. The mopane veld of

reserves and Kruger itself, so wildlife is free to roam a very large area.

of upmarket lodges and camps of which you

southern section is mostly thornveld and has

can read full details on our website.

visitors.

There is no self-drive safari option in the private reserves; instead a knowledgeable

The National Park offers good value rest-

game ranger guides you for day or night

camps and there are a number of private

game drives or walks, usually twice daily.

You could also consider visiting a wildlife

luxury lodges in concession areas within the

rehabilitation or endangered species centre,

park. Between them they offer a full range of

to learn more about issues facing the local

accommodation from luxury to self-catering.

wildlife and get close to animals before

You can self-drive in the park, or we can

heading into Kruger. Indeed a cosy lodge at

provide a private naturalist guide, or there

one of these centres can make a good first

are public guided tours. Game drives are

night before entering Kruger.

included if you stay at a private lodge.

www.Tribes.co.uk

There are no fences between many of these

visited area with the fewest animals. The

are some incredible geographical highlights

Blyde River Canyon

such as Sabi Sand, Timbavati and Manyeleti.

All private reserves have a very good selection

the densest population of both animals and

the Three Rondavels and God’s Window.

Adjacent to Kruger are private wildlife reserves

the northern section is the wildest, least-

Centred around the Blyde River Canyon, there such as Bourke’s Luck Potholes (below middle),

52

private reserves increase this land by about

Private Reserves in Greater Kruger

Bourke’s Luck Potholes

There are also private concession areas within the national park. They offer similar experiences to lodges in private reserves outside of the park, but you can not go off road here, and all national park rules apply. This includes lodges such as Rhino Post Walking Safaris.

the north & north west

An Ndebele lady The advantages of staying in the private reserves include: •

relative lack of visitors in comparison to the national park

•

Johannesburg & Soweto Johannesburg is the arrival point for many travellers to South Africa. Though few spend much time here, there are some good hotels and various places of interest to visit.

Famous or notorious, Soweto is a former township. About two million people live here in

access to areas which are off-limits to the

houses ranging from tin shacks to affluent properties. It started life as a temporary place for

majority of Kruger visitors

mine workers to live but it stayed, and in 1923 was declared a black ghetto. It has problems of

•

knowledgeable guiding

overcrowding, poverty and violence, but Soweto is improving all the time. A tour to see this

•

excellent choice of quality accommodation

huge town is an eye-opener, and you can even choose to stay the night here in a guest house.

•

your guide can take you off road to get

Madikwe Game Reserve

closer to the wildlife •

some activities such as night drives and guided bush walks are included in your stay. (Such activities need to be pre-booked and paid for as extra in the national park).

53

Wild dog near Jaci’s Camp, Madikwe

This 75,000 hectare malaria-free reserve is about four hours’ drive north west of Johannesburg.

Its aim is to ‘conserve wild animals, plants and landscapes for the benefit of the people.’

In what was known as ‘Operation Phoenix’, more than 10,000 animals were brought into Madikwe when it was created in 1991. You will get the chance to spot the ‘big five’ , see the second largest herd of elephants in the country, search for spotted hyena, the endangered wild dog, and many other species, as well as enjoying some wonderful scenery and accommodation.

MAKING THE MOST OF KRUGER

The Limpopo & Waterberg

• Self-drive, guided or both? You can self-drive in Kruger National Park. There are restcamps throughout the park which are fairly basic but good value and clean. Whilst it’s fun to do some self-driving, in our view you will always see more on a guided game drive, particularly in a private reserve. So a combination of a self-drive and a guided safari gives you the flexibility and freedom to experience the park on your own, yet also get closer wildlife encounters with a knowledgeable guide, sometimes in areas which are off-limits to the majority of Kruger visitors.

The Limpopo region, north of Johannesburg, offers a diverse mixture of hot savannah plains and

• A quieter experience. Kruger can get very busy at times! If you prefer to keep away from the crowds you should definitely go for the private reserves. Fewer lodges and no self-drivers mean that you will always enjoy a more personal experience, and with expert guides.

Just over the border in Botswana is this excellent game reserve which is actually more easily

www.Tribes.co.uk

misty mountains, ancient indigenous forests and cycad plants as well as stunning wildlife. In the east, the northern section of Kruger sits within Limpopo. In the west is the famous Waterberg region with its lakes canyons, hills and a good variety of wildlife. Far to the north, almost at the Zimbabwe border, is an area known for huge baobab trees. In addition to the natural attractions the province has the rich cultural heritage of the Venda and Shangaan people. You can have a very diverse, exciting and interesting holiday just within this area of South Africa as there is so much variety here. Don’t underestimate this lesser-known area - it has some real gems.

Mashatu Game Reserve, Botswana accessible from South Africa than Botswana and combines well with visits to Limpopo and northern Kruger.

South Africa

Kwazulu natal

A nyala in Itala

Fabulous coastline of KwaZulu Natal

Zulu Culture & History

KwaZulu Natal Wildlife Reserves Hluhluwe-Umfolozi National Park

reserve run by KZN Wildlife. Elephants are the

The Hluhluwe-Umfolozi Park is renowned for

highlight but there is a good range of other

its variety of animal and bird life, and a varying

wildlife here. The birding is excellent (about

landscape of valleys, hills, forests, rivers, thicket

340 species) and you can also find out about

and savannah. Besides the ‘big five’, elusive

the local Tembe tribe.

cheetah, wild dog and many other bushveld species inhabit this 96,000 hectare park. The Hluhluwe section is characterised by scenic, hilly terrain, while Umfolozi’s drier open bushveld has a different appeal.

Thanda Private Game Reserve Thanda’s 14,000 hectares are just north of Hluhluwe-Umfolozi. It is a ‘big five’ destination, and even has wild dogs. You can enjoy game drives in open vehicles and also bush walks.

It is one of the best places in the world to

Thanda is one of the Small Leading Hotels

see rhinos since conservationists at this park

of the World and also has a wellness centre.

were the main force behind stopping their

However the reserve does not forget the local

extinction. The Natal Parks Board’s Rhino

community as The Thanda Foundation gives a

Capture Unit is based here.

lot back to the local people.

The Zulus are one of the best-known tribes in Africa and their heartland is KwaZulu Natal.

You can get an insight into this vibrant culture in various ways, from cultural villages to historic battlefields tours which recount the Anglo-Zulu wars.

The Battlefields stretch from the Drakensberg to the coast, and famous places such as Isandlwana and Rorke’s Drift are within this region. Consider taking a short, fascinating tour here, perhaps based at one of the excellent lodges in this region. Even people who are not particularly interested in this history always come away from these tours really struck by the stories they’ve been told.

Itala Game Reserve Close to the southern border of Swaziland, Itala Game Reserve is a scenic, mountainous park with about 30,000 hectares of grasslands, ancient rocky outcrops and many rivers.

It is home to several animals not found elsewhere in Zululand: eland, tsessebe and red hartebeest. There are no lions, but it is an excellent place for a relaxed game viewing experience in stunning surroundings.

Tembe Elephant Park Some of the biggest elephants in Africa are found in this small park on the Mozambique border in Maputaland. Within easy reach of the coast, Tembe is a community-owned A Zulu boy and his cattle

54

www.Tribes.co.uk

Beautiful Drakensberg scenery

The Coast

The Drakensberg

The KwaZulu Natal coastline north of Durban, especially the Elephant

This dramatic mountain range, the highest in southern Africa, curves

Coast from St Lucia up to Sodwana Bay near the Mozambique border,

around the border between KwaZulu Natal and Lesotho. They include

includes some of the most gorgeous beaches and incredibly diverse

two main protected areas. Royal Natal National Park in the north offers

coastal wetlands in South Africa. There is also the added advantage

awe-inspiring mountain scenery, including the basalt cliffs of the

that other highlights, such as wildlife reserves, historic battlefields and

Amphitheatre and Tugela Falls. uKhahlamba-Drakensberg Park in the

Zulu cultural villages are within a short distance inland from the coast.

south and central area is a World Heritage Site and encompasses many

Lapped by the Indian Ocean, the beaches are long and sandy, and mostly backed by coastal forest. The clear blue waters rarely

famous areas such as Sani Pass, Champagne Castle, Cathedral Peak and Giant’s Castle Game Reserve.

drop below 20°c here and they are home to one of the richest reef

It is wild and rugged here, with spectacular scenery and it is a paradise

ecosystems in the world.

for hikers. There are towering peaks, cascading waterfalls, lush forests,

This is also one of the world’s few remaining breeding grounds for the rare leatherback and loggerhead turtles. Nesting is from the end of October to January, and they hatch in about January and February.

and mountain caves are decorated with San Bushman rock paintings, some painted 800 years ago. The peaks are inhabited by baboons, klipspringer and numerous raptors, and the valleys are home to eland.

There is also the ‘Sardine Run’, the annual migration of millions of

MAKING THE MOST OF KWAZULU NATAL

sardines which passes here going north between around May to July.

• Game viewing. Hluhluwe Game Reserve is really one of South Africa’s wildlife gems. No, it doesn’t have the same name as Kruger (which is so much bigger), but it is still a large and really excellent park. The landscape here is quite lush, and the variety of wildlife is superb. Add to this Ithala, Mkhuze, Thanda and other private parks, and KZN can definitely offer you exciting and fulfilling game watching opportunities.

Isimangaliso Wetland Park (formerly St Lucia Wetlands) is the largest estuarine lake system in Africa. It is a huge area including lakes, forest, coastline and inland wildlife reserves.

Sodwana Bay is one of South Africa’s best diving and snorkelling areas, especially from April to September. It is also great for fishing.

Rocktail Bay has a fabulous beach camp (far plusher than it sounds!) with twelve lovely rooms in the forested dunes behind an incredible

• Head for the beach. The coast in KZN is stunningly beautiful. There is a limited choice when it comes to lovely little places to stay (ones that we can recommend hand on heart) on the coast north of Durban. The three or four places we do recommend though are really excellent.

• Zulu culture. It might initially seem a bit touristy, but actually some of the Zulu cultural village experiences are done very well indeed, and we recommend you give one a try. Perhaps DumaZulu near Hluhluwe.

Kosi Bay is an 11,000 hectare reserve of lakes, marshlands, swamp and coastal forest, home to about 250 bird species. Kosi Forest Lodge is the only private lodge in the reserve. For a more basic and rustic experience we know some great little reed chalets, so do ask.

From here it is very easy to nip across the border in Mozambique for a short visit.

• We would all go back tomorrow! Felt very safe in South Africa and the people were really friendly and welcoming.

• In Hluhluwe we had a first class bungalow with loads of room and so quiet at all times. Wildlife all around us, what could be better.

• No words can say how impressed we were with Rhino Post Safari Lodge.

We very rarely want to go back to the same place twice, but I would stay here time and time again. BRILLIANT!!!

Read more reviews and feedbacks written by clients on our website.

55

www.Tribes.co.uk

Unforgettable Experiences

beach. Offshore is the Maputaland Marine Reserve.

South Africa

lesotho

Lesotho, ‘the kingdom in the sky’, is an independent, mountainous country land-locked within South Africa. It is one of the few countries in

Africa with natural boundaries created by tribal demands. There are few natural resources, and big population pressures but the country has an overwhelming natural beauty coupled with welcoming, generous people.

Lesotho is a perfect destination if you want to get out into beautiful, remote lands with no fences, very few roads and miles upon miles of mountainous scenery to explore on foot or on horseback. The hospitality of the Basotho people make this experience particularly special.

We recommend you base yourself at Malealea Lodge to explore the highlands, Basotho villages, San Bushman rock art, and even dinosaur footprints. Malealea works with local Basotho people to arrange pony treks throughout their region, and this really is a fabulous way to enjoy Lesotho.

swaziland

This small, beautiful land-locked kingdom has a number of wildlife reserves such as Mkhaya and a rich cultural heritage. The country

has a diversity of terrain within its mountainous borders. The Swazi people are descendents of the Nguni who arrived here many centuries ago from central parts of Africa. The craftwork is especially good and there are open-air markets throughout the country. Many travellers visit Swaziland on journeys between KwaZulu Natal and either Kruger or Johannesburg.

some special places to stay

View from Thonga Beach Lodge Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website.

Go to our website for more choice and information.

56

Four Rosmead

CAPE TOWN

River Manor

WINELANDS

www.Tribes.co.uk

Stylish boutique hotel in great location on slopes of Table Mountain. Eight ensuite bedrooms, individually designed and very arty. Good food and nice staff.

Landscaped gardens and pool.

Once Upon a Stove

WINELANDS

A hotel with National Monument status in Stellenbosch offering18 fully equipped and spacious ensuite rooms decorated in a colonial style.

Luxury pampering awaits you in the studio spa.

Abalone

HERMANUS

A truly authentic experience staying with a family in a township just outside Stellenbosch. You are welcomed into the family and treated to some great traditional food and culture.

A lovely guest house overlooking the bay. Modern and stylish, Abalone has a great beach feel.

Spacious ensuite rooms with balconies where during the season you can sit and watch the whales.

57

Ocean 11

HERMANUS

Stunning views over the bay from this colonial style luxury guest house. With high ceilings, tall windows and teak floors, Oceans 11 has eight pretty rooms plus two spacious suites. All rooms have a sea view and there is a swimming pool.

Rhino Post Safari Lodge KRUGER

Elephants right outside your bedroom! On a private reserve inside Kruger Park, your cabin with its roll top bath and outdoor shower overlooks the riverbed - great for wildlife viewing. Meals are served all together and the food is very good.

Grootbos

HERMANUS

Super accommodation at this private nature reserve. Forest Lodge has 16 suites, Garden Lodge has 11 suites. They are very eco-friendly and the cuisine is excellent. Lots of excellent activites are on offer.

Ants Collection

LIMPOPO

Two luxurious private bush houses - Ant’s Hill & Ant’s Nest - located on adjoining private game reserves in the malaria free Waterberg region.

Activities for all ages and abilities.

See the wildlife on foot, by 4-wheel drive or on horseback.

Small exclusive lodge with eight lovely suites and an excellent home vibe. Lots of contemporary art adorn the walls and the food is superb.

Overlooking the marshes, why not take out a canoe and watch the great birdlife.

Jaci’s Safari Lodge

LIMPOPO

Beachfront guest house with superb panoramic views of Robberg beach and Tsitsikamma mountain range. Only 30 minutes from Knysna, this is a great place to stay for leisurely walks or lazy days on the beach.

Tswalu

KALAHARI

Close to the Cango Caves and authentic working ostrich farm, this converted farmhouse, stables and milking parlour houses 21 ensuite rooms. It has a homely feel with flagstone floors and open fires. They even have their own chapel.

Thonga

Situated in the world famous Addo Elephant National Park, this lodge offers 7 spacious suites plus a honeymoon suite with a private plunge pool. Excellent food accompanied by award-winning wine and plentiful game activities.

Rocktail Beach Camp

A relaxed and friendly environment to enjoy the African bush. The lodge is on a malaria free private game reserve, ideal for families. There are 21 log chalets with private decks and some with private pools. Twice daily safaris are available.

Isandlwana

KWAZULU NATAL

An exclusive 12 bed luxury camp in the Makalali Conservancy. Great wildlife viewing, very comfortable accommodation and really nice food.

Book a starlight bath for a luxuriating soak whilst looking out over the bush and up at the stars.

Thanda

KWAZULU NATAL

Great location, great guiding and great for viewing leopard. At this family owned camp nothing is too much trouble for the staff. The food is super and clients sit together for dinner. Accommodation is in chalets all with their own veranda.

Stone Camp

Emily Moon

GARDEN ROUTE

Periwinkle

GARDEN ROUTE

De Opstal

OUTDSHOORN

Riverbend Lodge

EASTERN CAPE

Kariega River

EASTERN CAPE

Garonga

KRUGER

Nottens Bush Camp

KRUGER

www.Tribes.co.uk

KWAZULU NATAL

KWAZULU NATAL

SWAZILAND

Two different but super experiences and both with underfloor heating!

Tree Lodge - 8 treehouses connected by wooden walkways overlooking the Marico River. Safari Lodge - 8 tent style rooms plus two family suites at ground level.

Conservation is a priority at Tswalu, the largest game reserve in SA. Safari chic is plentiful in the eight spacious suites, two of which are suitable for families. Indoor and outdoor showers, private deck plus swimming pool and spa.

Luxury 24 bed beach lodge set above a private sandy beach.

Thatched suites are hidden in the sand dunes and all have air conditioning. Lots of activities, especially water based but also a super place to just chillout.

Set inland in the lush Maputaland Coastal Forest, the camp has 17 ensuite rooms and a central dining room, bar & lounge. The marine reserve is just offshore ensuring excellent diving and snorkelling opportunities. Family friendly.

Historically rich and scenically beautiful location. Built on the side of a rock formation this lodge has 12 luxury rooms with private balconies and fantastic views. Take in the local area on horse back or on foot.

Battlefield and birding tours on offer.

Unique and authentic safari experience in this luxury tented camp. Four poster beds, ensuite canvas bathrooms and magnificent views of the game reserve. Intimate dining tent, stylish outdoor lounge plus plunge pool. Over 16s only.

Along the banks of a dry riverbed, under the forest canopy, Stone Camp provides a welcome retreat after a day in the sun. Due to the extensive vegetation, the 12 cottages, constructed of semi-open stone and thatch, are totally private.

TANZANIA From Maasai lands to magnificent mountains, stunning wildlife to coral sands The joy of Tanzania is the variety of unique experiences it offers you.

It is a world-class wildlife destination with famous reserves such as the Serengeti, Ngorongoro Crater and Selous, as well as some of the last remaining wild populations of chimpanzee.

It has Africa’s highest mountain, Mount Kilimanjaro, as well as other superb hiking and walking opportunities and challenges.

Off the coast, Indian Ocean islands such as Zanzibar and Mafia offer beautiful sandy beaches, and coral reefs for excellent snorkelling and diving.

And then there are the people who have made, and continue to make this country so special.

58

www.Tribes.co.uk

Itinerary suggestion Day 1

Drive from Kilimanjaro airport

to a lodge near Lake Manyara.

Day 2

Ethnobotanical walk with a

Maasai guide, then a day’s

World-renowned wildlife reserves such as the Serengeti, Ngorongoro and Selous

game viewing in Manyara NP.

The annual wildebeest migration in the Serengeti

Day 3 Drive to Lake Eyasi for a night

Thriving chimpanzee populations

Mount Kilimanjaro

Day 4 Hike from Lake Eyasi, up the

Coral sand beaches of Zanzibar

Rift towards the Ngorongoro

highlands. Transfer to your

lodge near the Crater.

Tanzania highlights

• • • • • • •

Relaxed atmosphere of Indian Ocean islands such as Mafia and Chole Traditional cultures of the Maasai, Iraqw, Chagga and others

Key facts Time:

Day 5 Drive to Olduvai Gorge, then

towns speak some English, but a few GMT+3 hours.

in a lodge on the lake edge.

Kiswahili words are useful in rural areas.

Flight time: Flights from UK to Tanzania

Visas: British, and indeed most

take about 9 hours direct or 10-11 with a

nationalities need a Tanzania visa

brief stopover en route if from Europe.

Health: This is a malarial country. You

Language: Kiswahili and English are

also need a yellow fever vaccination and

the official languages. Most people in

certificate.

on to the Serengeti for game

viewing. Private camp or lodge.

Day 6 Game drives in the Serengeti.

Day 7 Drive to Ngorongoro Crater.

Afternoon’s wildlife viewing.

Day 8 Transfer to Arusha for a flight

to Zanzibar. Short boat ride to

Chumbe Island where you stay

for the next three nights.

Day 11 Depart for home.

Best times to go

to October. Avoiding the rains is obviously best for beach holidays, and wildlife

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made

viewing tends to be best at these times too, though the green season is excellent for

The above

birdwatching. For the best chance to see the migration, see page 63 for details.

itinerary is just

Tanzania’s dry seasons are from about the end of December to mid-March and June

one example to help you get started.

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

Just tell us what you want and we will arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please

Min temp

13

16

15

16

15

13

12

12

13

14

14

14

34

30

25

25

25

25

30

33

35

35

35

Max temp

30

59

www.Tribes.co.uk

see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

Tanzania

on safari in tanzania

Classic camping: the authentic ‘out of Africa’ experience There is such a lot to offer in Tanzania, and

The southern circuit: Dar es Salaam is the

Lodges and camps: We recommend a

so many ways of experiencing it, that we can

southern hub. When travelling between here

wide range of accommodation, from luxury

only touch on the options in this brochure.

and parks such as Ruaha and Selous, for most

lodges or hotels to tented camps and beach

Tribes has in depth knowledge of the

people flying is the best recommendation.

bandas. We can also offer mobile camping

opportunities open to you in this incredible

These reserves get fewer visitors than northern

in many places. There are different standards

country, so call us and we’ll help you arrange

parks and the wildlife is incredible. There is

of camping (classic, adventure or fly) but

the perfect holiday or safari.

less opportunity than in the north for cultural

whichever you choose, you are looked after

interaction (though it is possible), but there

well by staff who set up camp, prepare bucket

are more options for walking safaris and even

showers, build campfires, and cook great

boat safaris.

meals for you.

The northern circuit: The north is always busier than the south, mainly due to the highlights of the Serengeti and Ngorongoro Crater. However it is very special here, and

The west: Remote, and only accessible by

you have the added interest of the different

flying, Katavi, Mahale and Gombe are unique

tribal groups which are in this region.

parks with relatively few visitors. Mahale and

Arusha is the hub of the area. From here or

Gombe are for primates, but the rarely-visited

Kilimanjaro airport, there are flights to the

Katavi has savannah wildlife.

main areas of interest and the roads are good.

You can either plan a fly-in safari, or we can arrange a private vehicle and driver/guide for you, or you can combine both methods of getting around. Flights from here to the coast or Zanzibar take about 1½ hours.

Activities: Depending on where you are, as

Classic camping is a real ‘out of Africa’ experience, with large, walk-in, en-suite tents (see photo above). It is like being in a stylish canvas lodge in the middle of the wilderness, with a dining tent, drinks by the fire, great food and wine, and nothing between you and the real Africa. We highly recommend it.

well as daytime game drives, we can arrange wildlife viewing by boat, by hot air balloon, on walking safaris, and on night drives. Of course

Tanzania’s tribes

when you’re not game watching there is

There are about 120 different tribes in Tanzania. Gaining an insight into some of these tribal cultures is a highlight for many travellers.

mountain climbing, biking, hiking, swimming, snorkelling, diving ...

Since much of the northern circuit is within Maasai lands, the Maasai are the most well-known Tanzanian tribe.

However the Iraqw, Hadzabe, Chagga and other tribes also have fascinating traditional cultures.

On game drives the eles have right of way!

60

www.Tribes.co.uk

Walking with the Maasai is brilliant

If you want to meet local people and learn about their lifestyle and traditions, we can advise you on the best ways of achieving this in a sensitive manner.

tarangire & lake manyara

MAKING THE MOST OF NORTH TANZANIA • Getting here: It is best to fly into Kilimanjaro Airport. This is only about 45 minutes drive from Arusha.

• Private driver/guide: There is nothing quite like having your own 4x4 vehicle with an expert driver/guide all to yourself when you’re on safari! He will meet you at the airport, look after you, take you from place to place, learn what you’re keen to see (and try to ensure you see it), and be your personal guide for the duration of your time here.

• The journey: Travelling by road through Africa gives you a closer view of the continent than simply flying from lodge to lodge. You see day-to-day life as you pass through villages - people working the fields, children walking to school, shopkeepers with tiny stores and so on. This aspect of taking a safari in northern Tanzania should not be overlooked. It is a real experience.

Tarangire: one of Tanzania’s best wildlife spots from July to October

• Meeting the Maasai: This can be a ‘touristy’ experience, but it definitely does not have to be. Talk to us if you want a genuine Maasai experience in your trip.

Tarangire National Park Tarangire National Park is a large, easily accessible reserve just 1½ hours drive from Arusha. It is centred on the Tarangire River which provides permanent water throughout the year. Much wildlife in this northern region heads to Tarangire in the dry season, making it one of the best places to be from about July to late October.

With acacia parkland and riverine grasslands, deep gullies and rocky hilltops, this habitat supports large numbers of diverse wildlife. You are likely to see big herds of zebra, impala and wildebeest as well as buffalo, giraffe, warthog, eland, big cats and many birds (over 300 species).

However it is the number of elephants which will generally make the deepest impression on you. In the dry season, huge herds are often seen along the Tarangire River.

The vegetation is denser here than in the Serengeti giving it a very wild feeling, and it has some great baobab trees! Tarangire is a park which grows on you the more you get to know it, and those in-the-know don’t miss it in the key dry season months in particular. At that time it certainly rivals the Serengeti as a wildlife experience.

Tarangire & Manyara are particularly good for birding

Lake Manyara National Park is a shallow, alkaline lake which attracts masses of pink flamingoes.

A narrow strip of forest runs between the lake and the escarpment of the Great Rift Valley wall which forms the border to the park. Within the forest is permanent fresh spring water trickling from the rift wall and this supports a great deal of wildlife.

Lake Manyara National Park is well known for its herds of elephants, and for its unusual treeclimbing lions. This was the location for the comprehensive research and subsequent book ‘Among the Elephants’ by Iain and Oria Douglas-Hamilton. The park is also home to hippos, baboons, giraffes, zebra, wildebeest, and is particularly good for bird watching with over 380 species having been recorded.

There is only one lodge inside the park, the gorgeous Lake Manyara Tree Lodge, but there are various options just outside of the park. It is only about 1½ to 2 hours drive from Arusha.

• It was my lifelong dream and it went beyond my expectations. I would do it again in a heartbeat.

• The herds of zebra and the thousands of wildebeest with their newly-born calves, spreading as far as the eye could see across the plains, was amazing. We were also thrilled with the plentiful sightings of lions at close quarters.

• Within 24 hours of leaving home we had seen the most wonderful wildlife and just kept saying “wow!” over and over again!

• I have been overwhelmed by the sights and sounds. I can’t believe how many exciting experiences there have been. We enjoyed practically every minute.

Read more Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website. www.tribes.co.uk.

61

www.Tribes.co.uk

Unforgettable Experiences

Lake Manyara National Park

Tanzania

ngorongoro crater & THE highlands

The world famous Ngorongoro Crater is a ‘must see’ The focus of the famous Ngorongoro Crater Conservation Area (NCCA) is the immense

Ngorongoro Highlands

volcanic crater which is about twelve

Walks, treks & village visits

miles across. The views from the rim are

Away from the Ngorongoro Crater itself, the

breathtaking.

Maasai people pursue a traditional lifestyle

•

Crater rim walk: Walk around a section of the Ngorongoro Crater.

•

Trek from Ngorongoro to the Serengeti: Walk slowly up the forested slopes Mt Makarot. At the top you get the most fabulous 360° views of the Ngorongoro and Serengeti.

•

Walks near Lake Natron: Hikes to waterfalls and sandbars through dramatic scenery with Ol Donyo Lengai volcano looming over all.

•

Lake Eyasi to the highlands: A day’s walk up the Rift Valley escarpment.

throughout the highlands. Tribes has good The walls of the Ngorongoro Crater are

contacts with some of the Maasai community

covered with dense forest and the crater floor

in this region, allowing us to offer treks guided

has a diverse range of habitats encompassing

by them. This brings the local Maasai an

open grassland, mature forest, and wetlands

important source of income and gives visitors

including a permanent lake. There is a

an unparalleled insight into the area in return,

profusion of wildlife here all year round. In

sometimes including a visit to villages.

a relatively short time you could see lions, elephants, buffalo, black rhino, hippos, zebra,

There are many scenic treks in the area, such as:

wildebeest, and occasionally even leopard.

There are always a lot of visitors in the Crater, but you should find that the wildlife experience more than makes up for this.

There are four lodges on the crater rim, plus more choices within about an hour’s drive. It fits in well with a safari itinerary taking in the Serengeti and other northern parks.

Olduvai Gorge The broader Conservation Area also encompasses the famous Olduvai Gorge known as the ‘cradle of mankind’, where the Leakeys unearthed the secrets of man’s early evolutionary heritage. Stop and visit the small museum on your way between Ngorongoro and the Serengeti.

62

www.Tribes.co.uk

Fabulous scenery for walks with Maasai guides

Lake Eyasi Lake Eyasi is a salt lake at the base of an escarpment not far from the Ngorongoro Crater. It is home to the Hadzabe people, one of Tanzania’s original ethnic groups. Their hunter-gatherer lifestyle and culture is sadly being slowly eroded. For this reason Tribes rarely encourages interaction with the Hadzabe, though you might meet some Hadzabe if staying at the lovely little lodge here, Kisima Ngeda.

There is a fabulous day’s trek from the lake up the escarpment to the Ngorongoro highlands.

Lake Natron Lake Natron is the lowest point of Africa’s Rift Valley, in a remote, hot and dry part of northern Tanzania close to the Kenyan border. It has the fascinating volcanic scenery of Ol Donyo Lengai (the Maasai mountain of God, which is still active) and a soda lake which is the breeding location for East Africa’s 2.5 million lesser flamingos. Ngare Sero River flows through and forms several waterfalls which it is good to hike to. It is always hot here, but it is best to avoid the extreme heat of mid September to early November, and the rains of April and May. This is an unusual, rarely visited and stunning piece of Tanzania.

MAKING THE MOST OF THE NGORONGORO HIGHLANDS • Ngorongoro Crater: The Crater is always busy. Don’t let this put you off though, as it is a unique feature and highlight of Tanzania which is most definitely worth the visit. We generally recommend a half day safari in the Crater.

• Crater rim lodge or not? Staying at one of the four Crater rim lodges (Sopa, Serena, Wildlife or Crater Lodge) you obviously have excellent views, though they’re not guaranteed from every room. The Sopa has the added advantage of being on the eastern side, close to an access road, so visitors staying here are some of the first into the Crater in a morning. However if you want a small, personal place to stay you need to look towards the village of Karatu. Here, there are a range of guest houses and farms offering excellent accommodation within about a 30-40 minute drive of the Crater.

• Getting here: It takes about 3 hours to drive to Ngorongoro from Arusha. The road is very good all the way up to the Crater Gate.

Alternatively you can fly from Arusha to Manyara airstrip (about 20 minutes) then drive for about 45 minutes.

63

www.Tribes.co.uk

• Our guide was great - he had a background in wildlife management, was very knowledgeable, and was a great driver.

• We managed to see more animals on safari and in such a way that we don’t feel better could possibly have been achieved. Our guide, Herbert, showed us more animals than we were hoping for. He was very patient with us wanting to stop all the time and take photos or to sit quietly for lengthy periods of time to look around us. We never felt rushed.

• The most memorable part of the holiday was seeing the great diversity of wildlife and landscapes, from the wildebeest on the plains, lions on the rocks, flamingoes in the lakes and dolphins in the sea! Plus being made to feel very welcome by all the people we met - we were celebrating two special occasions and received special treatment several times.

• Highlights included a serval cat hunting during the day, cheetah with cubs and many lions and cubs.

Read more Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website. www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

Ol Donyo Lengai - the mountain of God

Tanzania

THE SERENGETI

Vast savannahs jam-packed with plains game One of the most famous parks in Africa, the Serengeti National Park is a huge tract of grassland, with occasional rocky outcrops and acacia woodland. It has been the location of countless wildlife documentaries and is home to massive herds of zebra, wildebeest and gazelle, large numbers of giraffe, buffalo and warthog, and of course predators such as big cats and hyenas.

There are four reserves on the borders of the Serengeti: Loliondo Game Controlled Area (community-owned land to the east), Maswa

There are always resident herds in the park, though the seasons and your location do have a

Game Reserve (to the south), and Grumeti

strong influence on your wildlife experience. Seronera, the centre of the park, is usually busy, so

and Ikorongo Game Reserves (on the north

we tend to prefer the more outlying areas, depending on where the wildlife is to be found.

west). These areas of land extend the possible

There are many good lodges and tented camps within the park, but we recommend classic camping here for a real ‘out of Africa’ experience which gets you much closer to the land and the wildlife. Whatever accommodation you choose you will have morning and afternoon game drives in the park, and there is always the option of a hot air balloon safari for a special occasion or different perspective. Night drives and walks are only allowed in the private reserves.

Lilac-breasted roller

64

Private Reserves

www.Tribes.co.uk

range and protection of the wildlife, and the concession areas within them offer good accommodation and wildlife experiences without the crowds. There are excellent walking opportunities too.

The Great Migration The Serengeti ecosystem is where the world’s largest mass land migration occurs. Around two million animals in columns up to 40kms long follow the rains over a wide area which covers the Serengeti in Tanzania and the Masai Mara in Kenya. There is resident game in many areas of the Serengeti all year, however a huge number of animals follow this migration pattern.

The year begins in the very south of the Serengeti with the plains animals calving around January/February, which attracts large numbers of predators. Around late March the herds have begun moving north west, and from April to early June the western Serengeti is usually the place to see them. The Grumeti River is in this region, and the herds cross the river often giving rise to that famous sight of zebra and wildebeest dodging hungry crocodiles. After that the migration heads further north towards the Masai Mara, reaching there around July and staying until about October. They then return south, keeping roughly their way back to begin the cycle once more.

Nose to tail zebras on the Great Migration

• Everything ran like clockwork, our driver and guide was a delight - discreet, knowledgeable, good company - and the food in the tented camp was excellent. The whole migration experience in the Serengeti was everything that we had dreamed about.

• The recommendation to pay a little more for the luxury tented camp was inspired .... this really was magical and the highlight of our whole trip.

• An amazing experience. Each area we visited was quite different in the terrain and wildlife that we saw.

• We saw all the animals on our list and many more. Unfortunately the migration had moved away from central Serengeti as the rains had been poor, but no matter - there was still plenty to see and marvel at.

Unforgettable Experiences

to the eastern side of the Serengeti and the adjacent Loliondo area on

Read more Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website. www.tribes.co.uk.

Wildebeest on the Great Migration

65

www.Tribes.co.uk

Tanzania

selous game reserve

Eles crossing the Rufiji River Selous Game Reserve is a massive wilderness area three times the size

the northern parks. It combines well with Ruaha, and the Indian Ocean

of the Serengeti, though only a portion is open to visitors. It supports

islands of Zanzibar, Mafia or Chole, or the mainland coast.

some of the biggest herds left in Africa, with an estimated 30,000 elephants and 200,000 buffalo as well as large herds of all the other game. Of course the predators are never far behind, and lion sightings are common. There are plenty of hippo and crocodiles, wildebeest, hartebeest, kudu, sable antelope, eland, reedbuck, zebras and giraffe.

It is also a great place to see African wild dogs, and around 450 species of birds. The river system fed by the Rufiji, and its associated lakes and swampland, is what makes this reserve so special, though it also makes it hard to access in the rainy seasons.

Unlike in the northern circuit where particularly the Maasai tribe make a big impression on your African experience, any local cultural interaction other than with lodge staff is unlikely in Selous. The only exception to this is if you stay at Sable Mountain Lodge which has strong connections with Kisaki village.

Only a half hour flight from Dar, there are far fewer visitors here than in

66

One of the things that makes Selous stand out as a game viewing destination is the variety of ways you can enjoy your safari. As well as classic game viewing from a jeep, you can enjoy boat safaris on Lake Tagalala and on the Rufiji River, perhaps to Stiegler’s Gorge which can only be accessed by boat. Selous is also an excellent place for walking safaris. You can take short walks based at your lodge, or you could also choose to take a longer walking safari of between 2 and 5 days.

Walking safaris On a longer walking safari you walk for about 4-5 hours a day with your armed guide. You camp out in the wilds of Africa, sleeping under the stars in bedrolls with mosquito nets. These will either be on the ground or on a raised wooden platform, depending on the safari crew we book for you. There is a shower tent and bush toilet nearby for you. You are superbly catered for by the guides and staff who produce excellent meals for you by the campfire.

Ruaha & katavi

Katavi National Park Katavi is probably one of the least-known parks in Tanzania, with only around 300 visitors a year. These tend to be people who have been on safari a few times previously and are looking for unusual, unspoilt, remote wilderness.

The park’s beautiful grasslands, floodplains and woodlands are home to a wide range of wildlife, including lions and leopards. In the dry season from June to November, the Katuma River provides the area’s only source of water, and this draws animals in great numbers. As the river shrinks in the heat by about August, the wildlife is forced into uncomfortable proximity, offering good chances of seeing many species at the same time.

In our view this is one of the best parks in Africa, however it is a costly choice due to its remote location which means it is expensive to fly to and running a camp here is logistically difficult and pricey. This is one of the reasons why there are only four camps here.

Fly here directly from Arusha (about 3½ hours), or combine as part of a safari incorporating the southern parks of Selous and Ruaha. It also

Ruaha National Park This park is for people looking for an off-the beaten-track, round-thecampfire experience. Ruaha is Tanzania’s second largest national park.

On a high central plateau, it has open plains, rocky kopjes, river systems and pools. Huge baobab trees stud the landscape and tall palms line the river. It is stunning.

There is a huge variety of wildlife here as it is an ecological meeting point for species from south, west and east Africa. As some of the animals found here are at the edge of their habitat range you see

links very well with Mahale Mountains National Park and Lupita Island on Lake Tanganyika.

• Fantastic, Relaxed, Beautiful. I could go on but there are no superlatives to explain this place (Mdonya Old River Camp). From the moment we touched down till the day we left it was great.

• The only thing we had hoped to see but missed, was rhino. We only had a fleeting view of a leopard, but saw over 60 lions and 24 wild dogs plus 5 cheetahs. Superb and not busy. (Selous) • Words cannot explain how wonderful our trip to Ruaha was with Tribes - an incredible safari. The game viewing was unbelievable.

Lions, elephant, zebra, hippo, giraffe, water buffalo - and that was only on the drive from the airport!

Read more Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website. www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

Ruaha is beautiful and the wildlife is excellent

unusual species such as lesser kudu, sable and roan antelope. There are huge numbers of giraffe and you will always see plenty of elephant, buffalo and zebra. The pools and rivers support a large number of hippos and crocodiles and the birdlife here is amazing with over 400 species.

The combination of Ruaha with Selous gives you a particularly good diversity of safari experience, but this park stands alone very well too.

MAKING THE MOST OF SOUTHERN TANZANIA • Safari & beach: Wherever you take a safari in Tanzania it is easy to link this with a stay on the Indian Ocean. However, in terms of proximity, southern Tanzania and the beach works best. Dar es Salaam is your international entry point for Selous and Ruaha, and is only a short flight from Zanzibar, Mafia, Chole, Pemba or great spots on the mainland coast.

• Safari combinations: A combination of Selous and Ruaha makes a fabulous safari. Also consider combining the south with the northern parks, as this gives you an even greater diversity of experience. You get the iconic wildlife sites and culture of the north, and the quieter and more varied safari activities of the south.

• What about the train? There is a train you can catch from Dar to Selous if you fancy another view of Africa. It takes roughly 5 hours and it is an experience in itself. It’s wonderful to see the Tanzanian landscape roll past you, though you have to accept that this is Africa and schedules are not always of too much concern.

67

www.Tribes.co.uk

Hippos at the remote and incredible Katavi National Park

Tanzania

gombe & mahale

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR TRIP • Western Tanzania: Lake Tanganyika and Tanzania’s western parks are some of the least visited yet most incredible places.

Consider a very special (though admittedly very costly) circuit to include Katavi, Mahale and then time relaxing on Lupita Island. It is very easy to link the Serengeti or Crater to this too as you fly to and from Arusha.

• Western Kilimanjaro: The area of Maasai land to the west of Kilimanjaro is little visited, yet has some fabulous game. You can go on walking and horse riding safaris here as well as jeep safaris. Being strongly linked to the local Maasai community, the lodge we use here can also allow you insight into the Maasai culture. So for something more unique and different, ask us about this gorgeous area.

• Development & conservation projects: If you are interested in helping or visiting some of the Tribes Foundation-backed projects in Tanzania, just let us know. For example there is a children’s village in Karatu near the Crater and also one in Dar es Salaam.

The best places to see chimps in the wild

Chimpanzee trekking To get a view into the lives of our closest living animal relative in the wild is an incredible experience. Gombe and Mahale are two of the very best places to do this. Chimps in both parks

• Combining with Kenya: Many people fly into northern Tanzania (Kilimanjaro airport) via Nairobi, and flights also link Nairobi with Dar es Salaam and Zanzibar too. This makes Kenya quite easy to combine with Tanzania.

UDZUNGWA MTNS NATIONAL PARK

have been habituated to humans, so you can track them and sometimes get surprisingly close.

Gombe Stream National Park is a relatively small area (52km²) but a very important wilderness which is rich in primate species. Though particularly known for chimpanzees, other primates found here include olive baboons, red-tailed monkeys, red colobus and vervet monkeys.

Dr Jane Goodall began the study of the chimpanzees here in 1960 under the sponsorship of Louis Leakey, making this the longest running study of any wild animal population in the world.

You reach the park via a flight to Kigoma, then a 1 hour speedboat trip down Lake Tanganyika.

Mahale Mountains National Park is also on the eastern edge of Lake Tanganyika, south of Gombe. As the name suggests, it is a mountainous region of rainforest and it is home to roughly 1000 chimpanzees. Apart from the all-important chimpanzees there are eight other primate species, such as red colobus monkeys. You can also find leopard, warthog, brush-tailed porcupines, and prolific birdlife.

You can reach Mahale via Kigoma and a 3-4 hour boat trip, but more commonly it is accessed by plane from Arusha (about 4 hours). Mahale links well with Katavi National Park which is quite close.

Red colobus monkey at Hondo Hondo Udzungwa Mountains National Park, north west of Selous, is part of the Eastern Arc Mountains which have about 30-40% of Tanzania’s plants and animals and a mix of unique flora and fauna (including 11 primate species). This is the only place in Tanzania with unbroken forest canopy. There are some cultural historical sites such as caves and mountains with folklore stories. It’s a fabulous place to come for a

Lake Tanganyika, the world’s third largest lake

68

www.Tribes.co.uk

few day’s hiking and for superb birding.

kilimanjaro

Kilimanjaro taken from Tortilis Camp in Amboseli, Kenya

altitude of 5895m it is Africa’s highest mountain, the world’s highest freestanding mountain, and one of the largest volcanoes ever to burst through the earth’s crust. On a clear day it can be seen from over 160km away, and though it is only three degrees below the Equator, its peak is permanently covered with snow and ice.

Climbing Kilimanjaro No climbing experience is necessary to trek Kilimanjaro, however it is very challenging and should not be underestimated. The altitude can defeat the fittest person, while a reasonably fit person who goes very slowly, can hope to reach the summit.

Acclimatisation is key, so give yourself as long as possible on the mountain. It is a beautiful place, and you will pass through rainforest, heather moors and alpine desert before hitting the icefields, so enjoy the hike!

It’s a long, long, long climb!

We generally recommend climbing Kilimanjaro on the Machame Route as it is a good all-rounder in terms of value for money, length of the trek, and success rate. It is a particularly scenic route, is less used than the Marangu route and is all the better for it.

You ascend from the south western side and descend down the south face.

Tribes has an good success record for Kilimanjaro climbs on this route. The guides and crew we use are excellent. Some of the guides have summited over 400 times!

They motivate you and look after your every

There are various ways to climb the mountain

need, and a high guide and porter to client

and, as an experienced Kilimanjaro climb tour

ratio ensures a safe climb. Importantly, we

operator, Tribes offers a full range of route

also have a policy on porters’ rights and are

options which you can read about on our

members of the Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance

website.

Project.

• It was an amazing experience, very very tough but a life-changing experience and worth it all once I got to the top.

• An achievable challenge with bonus of seeing an African dawn and mountain top glaciers in the same day!

• It will be a huge experience even if it is harder than you imagine, the scenery and the views on the way are breathtaking.

The southern icefields on the crater rim

69

www.Tribes.co.uk

At camp on Shira plateau

Read more Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website. www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

Kilimanjaro is the crown of Tanzania. At an

Tanzania

ZANZIBAR & the indian ocean islands

The Zanzibari on the north coast

Zanzibar

Chumbe Island

Relax on sandy beaches lapped by the Indian

Chumbe Island is very special indeed. It is a

Ocean; swim, snorkel or dive over colourful

tiny island set in a marine park just a short

coral reefs, savour the extensive spice gardens,

boat ride from Zanzibar’s main island. The

or explore the alleyways of Stone Town.

island is never crowded even when fully

Zanzibar is exotic and magical.

booked and it is worth spending three nights

east, with the north coast being less tidal. The north east coast is close to atolls for excellent diving and snorkelling.

here to get into the spirit of the place and fully relax. Take a book, laze about and just watch the dhows sailing by. The whole of Chumbe Island is a nature reserve and you can explore it with the park rangers or at your

Inland there are spice plantations and villages

leisure. One of the main attractions is the

to explore and at Jozani Forest you can visit

Coral Park which is a unique shallow water

the endemic red colobus monkeys and see

reef sanctuary. This means that Chumbe is

a section of the remaining indigenous forest.

one of the few places in the world where you

There is a mangrove board walk here too.

can get the experience of a coral reef without

At the southern tip you can take boat trips to the outer islands and reefs and hopefully spot dolphins. One of the favoured quieter parts of the island is south of the airport around

having to scuba dive – snorkelling is all you really need to do here to see an amazing array of corals. Scuba diving excursions out to nearby reefs can be arranged.

Fumba and looks out on the protected Menai Bay area which is good for marine wildlife.

Stone Town Stone Town is the old quarter of Zanzibar Town on the main island of Unguja. It has many fascinating historical buildings, mostly built in the 19th century when Zanzibar was a major spice and slave trading centre. Lose yourself in the maze of alleyways to see the craft and antique shops, market stalls, spice sellers, and artists selling traditional Zanzibari ‘tinga-tinga’ paintings.

70

www.Tribes.co.uk

Award-winning Chumbe Island Lodge

Stone Town • Beautiful great place just to go and totally relax. We went snorkelling one day then had lunch on a sandbar in the middle of the ocean. Truly amazing.

• Difficult to fault on any issue! Just about the best beach holiday experience we have ever had.

• An amazing place with fantastic facilities.

Great food and service. A lovely place to get engaged! (Matemwe Bungalows) Read more reviews written by clients on our website. www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

The main beach areas are in the north and

Pemba Island Pemba is about 70km north of Zanzibar.

Quieter and less-visited than its more famous, but similarly-sized neighbour, visitors come to enjoy the pristine sandy beaches, fantastic coral reef diving, sailing and fishing. Fundu Lagoon on a beautiful beach on the south western side of the Island is the best place to consider here.

Mafia & Chole Islands Mafia is a small island 160km south of Zanzibar. Chole is the even smaller adjacent island accessed via Mafia. Both are perfect for anyone wanting to escape and stay away from crowds.

Mafia Island Marine Park is a protected environment for coral reef and other Dinner on the beach at Fundu Lagoon

ecosystems, and offers some of the best diving in Africa.

Other than birdwatching (which is excellent), there is really nothing else to do other than relax, swim, snorkel, dive, fish, eat good seafood ...

The small beaches of both Mafia and Chole Islands are tidal, so you may find yourself being taken by boat to a nearby sandspit if you want a day on the beach, but this is a lovely experience too.

Chole is the more rustic choice, with a single gorgeous lodge (Chole Mjini) with treehouse rooms. Chole Mjini has a great relationship with the local village, and The Tribes Foundation has strongly backed this community with development funds too, so you can always walk in and end up having a chat with a fisherman, or a game of football

Mafia Island

71

with the kids.

www.Tribes.co.uk Chole Mjini, a Robinson Crusoe hideaway on Chole island

A beach suite at Fundu Lagoon Tanzania

the mainland coast

Tent with a View Safari Lodge in Saadani for quiet bush and beach relaxation

The Tides at Pangani

Saadani National Park

Pangani

Saadani is on a stunning stretch of coast a short flight north of Dar es Salaam. Here you see

North of Dar, and Saadani, and 100 kilometres

Africa’s game and bird life interacting with the sea. It is this beach and wildlife combination

south of Tanga, Pangani is one of those

which makes it unique. There is a good diversity of wildlife and the birdlife in Saadani is fantastic

hidden gems you almost wish you could

with coastal, riverine, grassland and woodland species in abundance. There is a green turtle

keep a secret. Like Saadani it is on a beautiful,

nesting site, and also an elephant research project based here too. Fancy collaring an elephant?!

unspoilt stretch of coast. There is no aspect

Come to Saadani for a varied coastal experience in a beautiful position in an area which is littlevisited. It is a place to relax. The wildlife experience here will not compare to the main wildlife parks, but it is an added activity during the day as an alternative to the beach, as well as river boat trips and birdwatching. The beach is wild and unspoilt, and the sea is tidal here. There is also a small village which can be visited by arrangement.

some lovely places to stay

of wildlife on a holiday here. This is all about the beach, snorkelling & diving at Maziwe Island Marine park, fishing, relaxation, good food ... We recommend The Tides here. If you are looking for an unspoilt, rustic, quiet beach spot on the mainland, look no further.

Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation). Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website.

Go to our website for more choice and information. www.tribes.co.uk

Fly-camping on a walking safari from the exclusive Sand Rivers Selous. See our website for more details.

The Zanzibari

ZANZIBAR

Seyyida

ZANZIBAR

Chole Mjini

72

CHOLE ISLAND

www.Tribes.co.uk

Fabulous small hotel in a beautiful northern location. Perfect for viewing sunrise and sunset. The suites are gorgeous and the restaurant serves good food. It is by a sandy beach with a dive centre closeby.

Shooting Star

ZANZIBAR

Meaning princess, the Seyyida is an elegant hotel overlooking the Indian Ocean. Just a short walk from the celebrated monuments of Stone Town. The Swahili-themed rooms are well equipped. Good food.

Unguja

ZANZIBAR

For a true Robinson Crusoe castaway experience, there is nowhere like Chole! Live in a treehouse, eat fantastic local food (predominantly fish) and enjoy the peace & beauty of this remote island.

Tent with a View

SAADANI

Very homely atmosphere at this small owner-run lodge. Right on the beach, this is a great place to chillout after a safari. Very family friendly and super hosts. Good food, great views and lovely suites.

This is one of our favourite places. It is in the south of the island so far less tourists. Pretty and spacious thatch villas, open fronted with beach or garden outlook. There is a dive school on site. Very relaxing

‘Bush meets beach’ at this ecofriendly lodge. One of the few places where elephants wander on the beach. Lovely accommodation in suites & tented bandas. A coastal wilderness rather than wildlife holiday.

A unique conservation sanctuary bordering Saadani National Park.

Consider this as a real bush retreat.

Intimate, personal, flexible. Go walking, canoeing, explore, meet the local people. Amazing for families.

Sayari Camp

With tented lodges near Lake Manyara and Tarangire, Kirurumu lodges offer large walk-in ensuite tents with thatched roofs.

Good positions, comfortable accommodation and friendly staff.

Sable Mountain Lodge

SELOUS

Treehouses in a secluded location within the National Park. The only lodge actually in the park, Tree Lodge has ten well-equiped, spacious ensuite treehouses. Lie in the bath and take in the spectacular view.

Selous Impala

SELOUS

Utter luxury can be found at this beautiful lodge which is on the rim of the Ngorongoro Crater.

Stunning views from the beautiful verandah. Large rooms with unique architecture plus fabulous food.

Lake Manze Camp

SELOUS

An air of old colonial Africa on this organic farm which is on the outer slopes of the crater. Well known for fabulous food, much of which comes from the farm itself. Very high quality accommodation & lots of activities.

Mdonya Old River Camp

RUAHA

Bougainvillea Lodge NGORONGORO

Simple and friendly guest house in the town of Karatu. Between Lake Manyara and Ngorongoro Crater, Bourgainvillea offers a peaceful stay in stone bungalows within their landscaped gardens. Child friendly.

Mwagusi Safari Camp

RUAHA

Classic Camping

SERENGETI

For a true ‘out of Africa’ experience, choose classic camping. Stay in walk-in ensuite tents in a remote bush camp, positioned for optimum wildlife viewing. Luxury camping in real Africa with great guiding.

Kungwe Beach Lodge MAHALE

Great lodge on Lake Tanganyika at the foot of the Mahale mountains.

Excellent small tented camp from which to trek to see one of Africa’s largest populations of chimpanzee.

You can also fish, hike, swim & snorkel.

Ndutu Safari Lodge

SERENGETI

Absolutely the best place to stay for the Serengeti between January and March because the migration is on the doorstep! Simple but comfortable accommodation in 34 stone cottages overlooking the lake.

Chada Katavi

Set in the heart of Katavi, this is wild Africa. This camp is intimate and charming. Just six large ensuite tents raised on wooden platforms.

Fabulous wildlife. Day & night 4x4 game drives, fly camping & walking safaris.

Mbalageti

SERENGETI

For wildlife viewing in Serengeti’s western corridor Mbalageti is a great choice. One of the larger camps we recommend, it nevertheless offers good value rooms or luxury tented chalets. The views here are amazing.

Ndarakwai

Kisampa

NEAR SAADANI

Kirurumu Tented Lodges

Manyara Tree Lodge

73

LAKE MANYARA

Crater Lodge

NGORONGORO

Gibbs Farm

NGORONGORO

www.Tribes.co.uk

SERENGETI

KATAVI

KILIMANJARO

With a stunning remote position on the Mara River in northern Serengeti, Sayari is ideal for seeing the migration from about August to November. A luxury tented camp with an eye for quality, this is highly recommended.

Lovely lodge just outside the national park. Tented bandas overlook the massive valley. Wonderful hosting, great guiding, delicious food and beautiful scenery. Works well as part of a two-centre safari.

Bush luxury at this very special camp. Brilliant location right on the river. Only 8 luxury tents set on wooden decking with superb views. spaced to ensure privacy. Lots of wildlife. Great sunset river cruise.

True safari atmosphere at this small tented camp on the floodplain of Lake Manze. This area of Selous has the best game both in dry and wet season. Great location for wild dog.

Boating and walking drives available.

A bush camp set in the wilderness on a dry river bed. Lots of resident game means you do not have to leave the camp to see great wildlife!

Good guiding. Just 12 tents, all ensuite - shower under the stars!

The most established camp in the area. It is a 10-tent camp on the banks of the Mwagusi River. There is excellent guiding, superb wildlife and great food. Family friendly.

Permanent tented lodge on this eco-friendly private ranch in West Kilimanjaro. The camp, built by local people using local materials, is in a beautiful location with much resident wildlife. Day and night game drives.

Tanzania

UGANDA Diverse and awe-inspiring wildlife, scenery and cultures Uganda, known as the Pearl of Africa, is perhaps East Africa’s best kept secret. It is unlike any other African country, with spectacular mountain scenery, rainforests, rivers, lakes and savannahs, which provide homes for an extraordinary diversity of life.

One of the highlights has to be trekking to see primates in their natural habitat, such as mountain gorillas and chimpanzees.

Go birdwatching for the 27 Rift Valley endemics or the shoebill stork, see elephants, lions and hippos and other great African wildlife in areas such as the Kibale Forest and the Queen Elizabeth National Park.

The local communities also really make a trip here very special, sharing their cultural traditions and welcoming us to their country.

74

www.Tribes.co.uk

Uganda

Uganda highlights

• • • •

Spectacular scenery with mountains, forests, rivers and lakes

Treks to see the endangered mountain gorillas Excellent wildlife including chimpanzees and other primates Superb birdwatching, including the rare shoebill stork

Key facts Time:

GMT+3 hours

Visas:

Required for British citizens.

Flights:

9 hours direct from UK.

Health:

No compulsory vaccinations

Language: English is the official

but several are recommended and you

language. Luganda and Swahili are

should take malaria prophylactics.

widely spoken.

Best times to go

Gorillas can be tracked all year round. The main rains are between March and May then again from October to November. It is easier to trek in the drier months. Birding is best from November - March.

Jan

Feb

Mar

Itinerary suggestion Day 1 Arrive Entebbe. Afternoon

at Ngamba Island

chimpanzee sanctuary.

Day 2 Drive to Kibale.

Day 3: Chimp and forest walks.

Day 4: Drive to Queen Elizabeth NP. Day 5: Game viewing in QENP with

cruise on Kazinga Channel.

Day 6: Game viewing in QENP, and

chimpanzee walk.

Day 7: Drive to Bwindi Forest.

Day 8: Gorilla trekking at Bwindi.

Day 9: A day at Bwindi, with

possible second gorilla trek.

Day 10: Drive to Lake Bunyonyi.

Day 11: Return to Entebbe via Kampala.

Day 12: Transfer to airport for flight home.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

The above itinerary is just one example to help you get started.

Min temp

17

18

18

18

17

16

16

16

16

17

17

17

26

26

25

25

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

Max temp

27

Just tell us what you want and we will arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

75

www.Tribes.co.uk

mainly GORILLAS & CHIMPS

RIVERS & LAKES

Now who shall I jump on next?

Bwindi Impenetrable National Park

Murchison Falls National Park

This huge national park is a World Heritage Site and home to about half of the world’s remaining

Murchison is Uganda’s largest national park.

population of roughly 720 mountain gorillas. The experience of spending an hour with these

It flanks the Nile in the north of the country.

creatures is truly magical. Only 8 permits a day are available for tracking each of the three gorilla

Apart from the stunning falls themselves,

families based here. Depending on the gorilla group you are allocated to, it might take you

come here for the increasingly good wildlife

only an hour to find them, but it could also be a whole day of quite arduous trekking. If ever

such as hippos, elephants, giraffes, crocodiles

something was worth the effort though, this is it!

and various antelopes. The rare shoebill stork

There are 120 mammal species here including giant forest hog, duiker, leopards and 14 species of primates, including chimpanzees and black-and-white colobus. Some fabulous walks can be done from here too if you want to stay and enjoy the mountains for longer.

is also seen here.

Lake Mburo This is a small park centred around a swamp

Kibale Forest National Park

and lake system, and it is the only place you

Kibale Forest is one of three places in Uganda

will see zebras in Uganda. It has about 60

where you can track chimps in the wild. T here

other mammal species including leopard

are around 700 chimps in this park and the

and eland, plus excellent birdlife, even the

habituated groups are wonderful and often

rare African finfoot. Take boat trips, walks and

really exciting to watch. You have an hour

game drives.

with them on a standard trek, or you could consider a ‘habituation day’ (very limited).

This diverse rainforest has great trails to

Babyface at Budongo

walk and it is home to 13 primate species,

diversity of birdlife, with 335 recorded species.

possibly the highest concentration in Africa.

Also consider taking the excellent Bigodi

These include the localised red colobus and

Wetland Walk, a superb community project

L’Hoest’s monkey, black-and-white colobus,

not far from Kibale HQ.

grey-cheeked mangabey, and olive baboons.

This is primarily a place to relax in stunning surroundings. The crater lake is safe for swimming, you can take walks, go canoeing, meet local people, and it is also great for birdwatching.

There are also forest elephants here, and you

Budongo & Kyambura

may also see buffalo, giant forest hog and

These are the other spots where you can

Lake Victoria & Jinja

several species of antelope. There is a rich

enjoy some fabulous chimp trekking.

Lake Victoria is Africa’s largest lake, and the

Kyambura is a gorge near Queen Elizabeth

second largest freshwater lake in the world.

National Park. The gorge is very steep though,

The lake has more than 3,000 islands, such as

so this is not an easy option.

the Ssese Islands in the north. Activities on

Budongo is just south of Murchison Falls

these islands are primarily walks in forests, bird

and is one of the lesser-known but excellent

watching and boat excursions.

places to take a chimp trek. The guiding

Jinja is where you go to visit the source of

is high quality and the chances of seeing

the Nile and perhaps indulge in something

chimps here are very good indeed.

adventurous such as whitewater rafting! It’s

Ngamba Island is the place to go if you

a pleasant town and only about 3 hours drive

want to get close to ‘orphaned’ chimps in a

from Kampala.

A welcome on the Bigodi Walk

76

Lake Bunyonyi

www.Tribes.co.uk

successful conservation project.

SAVANNA & forests

Buhoma Lodge

BWINDI

Jacana Safari Lodge

QENP

A great wilderness retreat in the remote unspoilt south of Queen Elizabeth National Park which is famous for its climbing lions. Ten spacious en-suite Meru tents, al fresco dining by the river, children & families welcome.

Nile Safari Lodge

Get closer to nature at this super lodge where accommodation is in wooden chalets or luxury tents on the edge of the River Nile amongst the rich papyrus forest. From your private balcony see crocodiles, hippos and elephants.

Queen Elizabeth National Park This is the best place in Uganda to see elephants, lions, buffalos and African landscape

MURCHISON

This beautiful park covers around 2000km2 where the Mountains of the Moon (Ruwenzoris) and the deep jungles of central Africa meet the rolling grassland plains of the East. It is a place of open savannahs and acacia woodlands as well as crater lakes and riverine systems along the Kazinga Channel and the shores of Lake George and Lake Edward.

Situated in a prime location on the edge of Uganda’s largest crater lake within the national park. This tree house lodge is at one with nature. The 10 luxury chalets plus a family cottage offer comfort and quirkiness. Have dinner on the floating pontoon.

Ishasha Wilderness Camp QENP Ugandan Kob are endemic to this part of the world

antelope – in fact most of the animals we generally associate with an

Near Bwindi National Park, home to the elusive mountain gorilla is this comfortable lodge. Fabulous views from each of the eight cottages, all with private verandahs. Gorillas have been seen in the garden! Good locally sourced food.

Mihingo Lodge

MBURO

Primate Lodge Kibale

KIBALE

You can find herds of Ugandan kob (endemic antelope), several species of primate including chimpanzee, an incredible 606 species of birds, and about 20 species of predator, giving the park one of the highest

A peaceful, luxury retreat near Lake Mburo. Mihingo has ten thatched, tented rooms on stilts with great views over the landscape. It has an infinity pool and offers nature walks, boat trips on Lake Mburo and game drives in the national park.

biodiversity ratings of any game reserve in the world.

Kidepo Valley National Park Right up in the northeast, on the Sudanese border, Kidepo is only accessible by light plane. It is a spectacular area of arid savannah with mountains and rocky outcrops giving it a diverse habitat. It has a good

An authentic chimpanzee experience is what most visitors come here for.

This safari lodge is in the heart of the Kibale Forest National Park, home to 13 species of primate, including chimpanzees. The luxury en-suite safari tents are comfortable and private.

predator population (such as lions, jackals, hyenas), is excellent for birds of prey and indeed birds generally (about 460 species), and has a superb range of other wildlife making it more similar to Kenyan than other Ugandan parks.

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR TRIP • Gorilla trekking. The chances of seeing gorillas at Bwindi are very high these days (about 90%). Book well in advance as permits are very limited. We cannot request which group you visit but rangers tend to split trekkers roughly according to ability.

• Where should you visit chimps? Kibale tends to be most people’s first choice but if you’re going to Murchison, Budongo is just as good.

Kyambura is not for the faint-hearted due to the steep terrain.

• Birdwatcher? Uganda is fabulous for birdlife in general. To see Uganda’s rare shoebill stork go to Murchison Falls, Mbamba Swamp near Kampala or Lake Albert at Semliki. At Kibale, don’t miss the Bigodi Wetlands Walk, and in QENP include a boat trip on Kazinga Channel.

• Hearing and then seeing the chimps at Budongo for the first time. It was almost primeval, hugely exhilarating and very emotional.

Semliki Wildlife Reserve In the very west of Uganda, on the DRC (Congo) border, this is a small and relatively new reserve of rivers, lakes, forests, savannah and swamps in a low-lying area flanked by the Ruwenzoris and Lake Albert. It is a particularly good spot for forest birding, and whilst there are a good number of mammals (including primates), they are quite shy here.

77

www.Tribes.co.uk

• When the baby gorilla beat his chest and then fell back off his mound!

• The children we met on the Bigodi Wetland Walk were great fun and we laughed a lot with them.

• We actually saw a lion up a tree in QENP. I thought tree-climbing lions were a myth!

Read more Reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on our website: www.tribes.co.uk.

Uganda

Unforgettable Experiences

• Travelling. Many roads are bad, so prepare for long bumpy transits.

ZAMBIA Exceptional wildlife experiences in stunning wilderness within a friendly country First you will be struck by the beauty of the country. From the magnificent Victoria Falls to the picturesque wilderness areas such as South Luangwa and Lower Zambezi, much of Zambia is scenically gorgeous.

Then you’ll meet the people and the genuine friendliness of their welcome will be obvious. Zambia’s tourism industry tends to include and support its local people, probably more so than in any other African country. This means that many benefit from the money from visitors.

And then there is the quality that you can expect of your experiences here. The standard of accommodation and particularly of guiding in Zambia is generally very high.

Zambia is a very special African wilderness.

78

www.Tribes.co.uk

ZAMBIA Zambia highlights

• • • • • •

One of the best places for wildlife viewing South Luangwa National Park is for many people the best park in Africa Walking safaris were pioneered in Zambia and remain a speciality Other excellent parks include Kafue and the Lower Zambezi The magnificent Victoria Falls Stunning range of safari accommodation

Key facts Time:

GMT+2 hours.

Visas:

Required for British citizens.

Flights:

10 hours direct from UK.

Health:

No compulsory vaccinations

Language: English is the official

but several are recommended and you

language but few people speak it

should take malaria prophylactics.

outside of the cities.

Best times to go

If you want to avoid most of the rains you should travel from about April to October.

However the green season is a beautiful lush time to visit, is excellent for birding and should not be overlooked. Walking safaris are mostly available from June to October.

Itinerary suggestion Day 1 Fly from Lusaka to Mfuwe,

South Luangwa National Park.

Day 2 Gameviewing in South

Luangwa. Game drives and

walks. Either stay in one

camp or combine two

camps for a more varied

safari experience.

Day 6: Fly from Mfuwe to Lower

Zambezi National Park.

Day 7: Game viewing in Lower

Zambezi. Game drives,

walks, canoe or motor boat trips.

Day 9: Fly to Livingstone to visit

Victoria Falls.

Day 11: Transfer to airport for your

flight home.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made The above itinerary is just one example to help you get started.

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

Just tell us what you want and we will arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

Min temp

15

15

15

15

10

0

3

8

15

15

15

15

27

26

26

24

22

22

25

30

30

28

28

Max temp

28

79

www.Tribes.co.uk

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

Zambia

on safari in Zambia

Walking safaris are renowned in Zambia Zambia is not most people’s first thought when they consider an African safari, but for people in the know it is one of Africa’s very best wildlife destinations.

Walking Safaris: are they for you?

One of the most exciting ways to view game is on a walking safari.

Walks can really get the adrenaline pumping. They can also be hot and

The general standard of guiding in the country is extremely high, so if

tiring at times, although there is usually a tea-bearer on hand to offer

you want an in-depth look at the wildlife with a knowledgable guide,

refreshments and a lot of time is spent just watching and sauntering

Zambia is a very good option.

at an easy pace. In a vehicle you can quickly move on from one good

It is also one of the best places for walking safaris. Pioneered in South Luangwa, walking safaris offer a more intense experience where you become at one with the African bush.

Also the national parks allow night game drives. In most of Africa, night drives are only allowed in reserves outside of the national parks.

spot to another. On a walking safari, there are no huge distances to cover. You see whatever is close by, whether it is watching the birds or walking right up to a lion kill!

What makes this so special is your interaction with the environment, the sounds and smells, tracking footprints or following circling vultures, walking through a cool riverbed on a hot day...

Being such a large country with generally bad roads, most long

The guides are incredibly knowledgeable and experienced and there is

transfers and journeys are undertaken in light planes. Yes, this increases

always an armed scout accompanying you for that added security and

the cost of an average safari, however it also means that you get more

peace of mind.

time viewing the wildlife in the reserves rather than travelling on

If you want close up photos of animals you are better off in a vehicle but if

bumpy roads.

you really want to understand the bush you need to walk in it!

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR TRIP • Three walking safari choices. (1) Many lodges offer bush walks of varied lengths.

(2) In some places you can walk from camp to camp on foot. (3) There are also set departure mobile walking safaris.

• Internal flights. As mentioned above, most travellers use light planes to get from A to B. Lusaka is always the hub, so for example if you go from South Luangwa to Lower Zambezi, the best route is usually to fly via Lusaka. Direct charters are available, but bear in mind that these will often be in smaller planes, so can often be less comfortable.

Exciting night safaris

80

www.Tribes.co.uk

Try a walking mobile safari

• Meeting Zambian people. If you’d like an insight into life in rural Zambia there are varied ways we can help you with this, from visiting small villages or schools, to going to cooperative craft-makers.

lower zambezi National park

Lower Zambezi is a beautiful park worth at least 3 nights Lower Zambezi National Park is on the northern banks of the Zambezi River with a backdrop of

In Lower Zambezi you can find a particularly

the Zambezi escarpment. The Lower Zambezi Valley forms the border between Zambia and

good range of wildlife activities:

Zimbabwe, and the areas on both sides are protected reserves. There are large concentrations

Most of the camps here are small, friendly and with a high standard of guiding and services. Some

• • • • •

are in the Game Management Area just outside the park, where night drives are allowed and where

For a unique adventure and cultural experience,

you can visit local villages and school projects. Most camps are on or near the river and the Zambezi

take a 35km canoe safari from Chongwe Camp

never dries up, providing a good water source for the fauna and flora all year round.

to Tsika Island Bush Camp.

of game between the escarpment and the river on the plain. This area is dominated by mature acacia, mopane forests and grassland where the game viewing is superb. Birdlife is outstanding.

livingstone & Victoria Falls

Classic game drives Walking safaris Motor boat trips Canoeing - short trips or several days.

Fishing

Victoria Falls is one of the iconic images of Africa. First you hear the thunder, then you see the ‘smoke’, then the full magnificence of this awe-inspiring natural wonder overwhelms you on seeing it. The sheer unbridled power of the water as it pours down into the Batoka Gorge is mesmerising. There are lush rainforest walking trails which bring you remarkably close to the Falls, which can be seen from the Zambian or Zimbabwean side. You can cross between the two countries over the bridge spanning the Batoka Gorge. You can also fly over the Falls (the Flight of the Angels), or even begin a white-water rafting adventure almost from the foot of the Falls.

Livingstone is the town next to Victoria Falls on the Zambian side. It is relatively small but has some good hotels in the town and also along the Zambezi River out of town. Apart from its proximity to the Falls, it is

• I found this to be amongst the best safaris I have been on and can not praise enough the professional approach to everything.

• The welcome I received from the attentive staff was outstanding.

Full praise must go to the knowledgeable guides who were excellent throughout and nothing was too much trouble.

• This was our honeymoon and we’ll never forget it. We had a tent overlooking a river with hippos, and we ate to sound of lions roaring.

Read the Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website: www.tribes.co.uk.

81

www.Tribes.co.uk

Unforgettable Experiences

also close to the Mosi-oa-Tunya National Park.

Zambia

south luangwa National Park

South Luangwa has stunning scenery and fabulous wildlife!

Zambia’s Luangwa Valley, which marks the end of the Great Rift Valley, is one of the last unspoilt wilderness areas and possibly the finest wildlife sanctuary in Africa. It is one of Africa’s best kept secrets, a favourite amongst experienced safari goers. The park is truly beautiful.

South Luangwa National Park covers an area of over 9000 km2 through which the meandering Luangwa River runs. The oxbow lagoons, woodland and plains of the valley host huge numbers of game, including the biggest concentration of hippos anywhere. The elephant herds, once badly diminished by poaching, are now thriving. There are large herds of buffalo and the area is home to the distinctive Thornicroft’s giraffe.

Over 400 species of birds have been identified in the valley, including an impressive list of raptors. Migrant populations of brightly coloured carmine bee-eaters also nest here in their thousands. There are masses of different antelope, the most common being the puku and impala. Then of course there are the big cat predators - lions in abundance, and South Luangwa is one of the best places in Africa for leopard, often seen on night drives.

Many different safari companies work in the park. They offer slightly different experiences or types of safari and accommodation, and cover differing sections of the park. We can help you work out which company offers the most suitable experience or accommodation for you. The next page gives a summary of the main operators, and camp details for all of these companies are on our website.

Read more about the main South Luangwa safari companies (opposite) ...

Big cats are often seen in the valley

82

www.Tribes.co.uk

Walking Safaris

The Green Season

South Luangwa is especially known for its

Most of Zambia’s rains fall from December to

superb walking safaris which were pioneered

April, but don’t let the chance of rain stop you

here by late conservationist Norman Carr in

travelling at this time. It is a gorgeous time to

the 1950’s. This is one of the most exciting and

visit - green and lush, with excellent birding

rewarding ways to immerse yourself in a true

and the added advantage of river boat safaris

experience of the African bush, and one of the

in South Luangwa. The wildlife viewing is

best places to do it.

more challenging but still very rewarding, and those lodges which open offer good prices.

Robin Pope Safaris The Robin Pope Safaris team offer a top class safari service with excellent guiding, and their commitment to the valley, its wildlife and people is second to none. They have three high quality camps in South Luangwa - Nkwali (photo left), Tena Tena and Nsefu, plus two stylish private safari houses. First rate game drives, night drives and walks. They also operate walking Nkwali Camp

mobile safaris between June and October. Book early!

Norman Carr Safaris This is a highly respected safari company - with good reason. Their luxury main lodge, Kapani, is backed by four remote, rustic bushcamps - Kakuli, Luwi, Mchenja (photo left), and Nsolo. They all offer walking safaris and game drives with experienced guides. Enjoy wildlife viewing on foot, either via take short walks, or choose a longer trail between bushcamps. The company has taken on the legacy of its Mchenja

founder, and backs various conservation and development projects in the valley.

Shenton Safaris Known for excellent guiding & photography, Derek and Jules Shenton run two excellent small camps: Kaingo Camp (photo right) and Mwamba Bushcamp. Both are inside the park in an exceptional wildlife area. They have wonderfully placed photographic hides for watching carmine bee-eaters, hippos and elephants - a unique feature. Walking safaris, game drives, night drives and camp-outs are Kaingo Camp

also offered. Conservation and support of the local population is integral to Shenton’s.

The Bushcamp Company Set in the south, this company’s six small bushcamps are highly recommended. They’re all different but all offer superb guiding. Kuyenda (photo right) has very simple thatched huts and is run by Phil Berry, one of Zambia’s best guides. Other camps are Chamilandu (treehouses), Chindeni (tented rooms), Bilimungwe (reed and thatch huts), Kapamba (stone & thatch chalets) and Zungulila Kuyenda

(thatched tents). Game viewing is mostly on foot, but game drives and night drives are also offered.

Remote Africa Safaris Up in the north of the park, John & Carol Coppinger’s base and home is Tafika Camp. It not only offers traditional game drives and walking safaris, but microlighting and mountain biking. They also run Chikoko Tree Camp (photo left) and Crocodile Camp, which are both purely walking camps.

There is a walking trail between these camps. You can visit Mkasanga village from here to see some Chikoko Tree Camp

of rural Zambian life. They have strong links with North Luangwa as they also run Mwaleshi Camp.

Kafunta Safaris Ron & Anke Cowan have been in the Luangwa Valley for fifteen years. They run Kafunta River Lodge (photo left) and the rustic Island Bush Camp. Kafunta is a classic lodge on a bend of the Luangwa River in a good game viewing area and is open all year. The Bush Camp is a seasonal camp on stilts to the south. Kafunta Safaris offer good value for money. In common with all the Luangwa Valley Kafunta Lodge

operators, Kafunta generously backs local communities with development funding and support.

Wilderness Safaris In the remote southern Luamfwa section of the park, this large safari company runs the exclusive Kalamu Lagoon Camp. For us though, a stronger pull to come to this more remote area is the Kalamu Walking Trail. Starting with one night in Kalamu Lagoon camp, you then head off on a fabulous walking safari, staying firstly at Chinengwe Riverbed Camp (tented camp) and the next night at the special Kalamu Starbed Camp (beds under a mozzy net under the African stars!).

Dana Allen

Kalamu Starbed Camp

Sanctuary Retreats Sanctuary runs one of the most famous properties in the park, Chichele Lodge, which use to be the president’s house. It’s not for you if you are looking for a ‘back to nature’ experience, being more ‘hotel’ than safari lodge, but certainly has its place. Puku Ridge is their tented camp overlooking floodplains, and they also run Zebra Plains. This is a luxury walking safari camp with excellent guiding. The Sanctuary properties are in the south.

83

www.Tribes.co.uk

Puku Ridge

Zambia

north luangwa, Kasanka & bangweulu

Visit Tribal Textiles craft project or Kawaza for an insight into rural life

Rural life and conservation in South Luangwa

North Luangwa National Park

Ever since the conservationist Norman Carr began bringing visitors

North Luangwa has similar habitat and wildlife to the south but it is

to the Luangwa Valley on photographic safaris in the 1950’s, there

more remote, secluded and far less visited. This wilderness lends itself

has been a general policy of ensuring that tourism benefits the local

perfectly to walking safaris and this is the emphasis of the three bush

people, the traditional owners of the land and its wildlife.

camps in the park. It is worth spending at least three nights here.

Today this philosophy is as strong as ever. Most operators in the Valley

You can fly here from South Luangwa, and it also combines well with

employ and train as many local people as possible, and also back

Shiwa Ng’andu (The Africa House).

social development projects such as schools and clinics. This means that tourism here really does have a beneficial impact on the local communities, and many local people can make a living within their

Kasanka National Park

traditional homelands.

Kasanka is a tiny but hugely important and beautiful park with diverse habitats ranging from papyrus swamp to rivers, lakes and forest. There

An excellent example of what is happening in the valley is found at Kawaza Village. Kawaza offers travellers the opportunity to visit a genuine Zambian rural village and to get involved with local people

is exceptional birdlife here, and you commonly see the (generally elusive) sitatunga antelope and puku, as well as other wildlife such as duiker, vervet monkeys, sable antelope and some elephants.

and village life.

Late October heralds the arrival of the fruit bat migration. At dusk It is possible to stay in the village overnight or to visit just for the day.

throughout November and December, five million bats fly off in search

All the villagers were part of the decision to invite guests to stay with

of food in a tiny area of Kasanka. What a spectacle for your sundowners!

them in this local community initiative. Visits here brings much needed income to help finance the local school.

You might also want to consider visiting local crafts projects such as

Bangweulu Wetlands

the elephant dung paper makers or the fabric makers, Tribal Textiles,

North of Kasanka (about 9 hours scenic drive), the Bangweulu Wetlands

which offer a good tour and have a lovely shop.

is a little-known area of floodplains, lagoons, islands and forest. It

The Tribes Foundation helped fund the building of the Hanada Orphanage in Mfuwe, which you’ll see on the road not far from the airport.

is home to over 100,000 black lechwe and the world’s most visible shoebill storks (March to August). The birdlife is stunning, but other wildlife such as elephant, buffalo, reedbuck and sitatunga also live here.

Wildlife viewing in this watery world is not always easy and the only accommodation (Shoebill Camp), whilst comfortable enough, is very simple.

84

www.Tribes.co.uk

kafue national park

Lunga River Lodge in Kafue

LIUWA PLAINS

Spectacularly remote

Kafue is Zambia’s largest national park, covering 22500 km2, roughly the size of Wales. Ranging

If you like to be remote, the Liuwa Plains is for

from open plains in the north-west to thick bush and woodland in the south, the park has a wide

you. It’s far to the west of the country, and

range of wildlife, including lion, leopard, cheetah, Lichtenstein’s hartebeest, puku, waterbuck,

fewer than 200 people a year come here!

zebra and buffalo, as well as many smaller species. There are also over 400 species of birds.

May is a nice time to be here (wild flowers are

The Busanga Plains in the north are a giant wetland in the rainy season. Hippo are plentiful, and the plains are home to aquatic antelope such as the red lechwe and the rare sitatunga.

out in May/June), but the best months are November and December.

Relatively large herds of roan and sable are also found. The puku is the most numerous antelope

It is the place of wide open savannah plains,

in the north.

and Africa’s second largest wildebeest

In the south are the Nanzhila Plains. Termite mounds stud the open grassland and there are forests of teak and candelabra trees. Elephant, buffalo, zebra and wildebeest are common as well as yellow-backed duiker, common duiker, kudu, grysbok, warthog, bushpig, serval, hyena, jackal, baboon, vervet monkey, porcupine, civet, genet and many species of mongoose.

migration takes place here. There is also a wild dog project here now, though only 3 lions (including the ‘Lady of Liuwa’).

Robin Pope guides scheduled safaris here each year. If you’re looking for something

MAKING THE MOST OF ZAMBIA • Safari and beach or R&R - what are your options? If you are taking a safari in land-locked Zambia, where do you go for a bit of beach or R&R time afterwards? Well many people choose Lake Malawi. A short flight over the border gets you to some beautiful scenery and a gorgeous lake where you can chill out. Have a look at our Malawi pages in this brochure or on our website for more details of the various lovely places you could stay.

Also, don’t forget Livingstone. A few days by Victoria Falls in a great lodge or hotel can be an excellent way to complete your time in Zambia.

Of course you could also head for the coast (perhaps islands off Mozambique or even further afield), but this entails quite a journey whichever spot you choose. By all means ask us for advice about this.

85

• Each place we stayed in was a real little paradise in the wilderness.

• The food on the mobile camp was real cordon bleu. Exceptional, especially when they had to cook in a pit in the ground - all without electricity.

• Have I woken up from my dream yet?

• Victoria Falls add-ons. There are quite a few people who visit Zambia as an add-on to Botswana or South Africa in order to see the famous Victoria Falls. The town nearest the Falls on the Zambia side is Livingstone, and a few days here is easy to add on to visits to either of these countries.

• This (Waterberry Lodge) was our most ‘home from home’ location. We ate on our own rather than with everyone else and the manager took the time to plan our day with us. The food was lovely and it was a very relaxing, sleepy place to end our honeymoon.

• Really remote. If you are someone who really wants to get away from the crowd, you can certainly do it in Zambia (and have a choice of places to go). Consider the rarely visited Liuwa Plains, Bangweulu, Kasanka, but also bear in mind that actually there are MANY places even in the more visited parks where you really can escape.

Read more Reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on our website: www.tribes.co.uk.

www.Tribes.co.uk

Unforgettable Experiences

very special, look no further.

Zambia

some special places to stay

Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of

Sausage Tree Camp, a lovely camp in Lower Zambezi

Tongabezi

LIVINGSTONE

Waterberry Lodge

LIVINGSTONE

Romantic and exclusive, this is a Zambezi River lodge par excellence.

The five houses and five cottages each have their own unique charm, a personal valet and fabulous views of the river, as well as open air sunken baths. There is a swimming pool.

Chamilandu

SOUTH LUANGWA

Three grass & thatch treehouses, each with a four poster bed! Run

by The Bushcamp Company, this fabulous little camp in the south of the park is on a remote river location.

It offers game drives and walking-led safaris by skilled guides.

On the banks of the Zambezi, just 30 minutes from Victoria Falls, Waterberry is a small retreat with 7 stone and thatch chalets, a pool and a bar. It’s personal and friendly, and offers a variety of local excursions and activities.

Chongwe River Camp

LOWER ZAMBEZI

On the Chongwe & Zambezi river confluence, with stunning views of the Zambezi escarpment, the camp has nine safari tents under thatch and two excellent suites, all with open air rustic bathrooms. Game drives, walks, canoe & boat trips.

The emphasis here is on the natural setting and wildlife. It has a ‘back to the bush’ feel to it. Four simple chalets on the banks of the Zambezi have en-suite bathrooms with a huge splash tub. Well-guided walking safari, game drives & canoe trips are offered.

Luwi Camp

SOUTH LUANGWA

A seasonal camp deep in the Luangwa wilderness, Luwi is one of Norman Carr Safaris’ four bushcamps.

Being the most remote, this four-hut grass and thatch camp is based almost entirely on walking. You can walk here from Nsolo Camp. We love it!

Old Mondoro Camp

LOWER ZAMBEZI

Tafika Camp

SOUTH LUANGWA

Set adjacent to the northern Nsefu sector of the park, Tafika is the home of Carol and John Coppinger of Remote Africa Safaris. Five chalets built of local materials are on the banks of the Luangwa. Drives, walks, microlighting and village visits.

Konkamoya Lodge

KAFUE

Mwamba Bushcamp

SOUTH LUANGWA

Remote and peaceful, this camp overlooks the Mwamba river.

Walking safaris and game drives are on offer. Only 6 guests are catered for in 3 reed and thatch chalets where the balance of back-to-nature simplicity meets essential comfort.

Mayukuyuku

KAFUE

Kafunta River Lodge

SOUTH LUANGWA

A friendly, owner-run lodge on a floodplain. The eight wooden chalets with verandahs offer great views over the floodplain to the park.

Kafunta offers great value for money, with very good guiding, friendly staff and good food and accommodation.

Busanga Bush Camp

KAFUE

The first wildlife camp in South Luangwa, dating back to the fifties.

Nsefu, run by Robin Pope Safaris, accommodates 12 people in restored rondavels (round houses) next to the river. Nsefu sector is know as one of the best wildlife areas.

Mwaleshi Camp

Nsefu Camp

86

places to stay on our website: www.tribes.co.uk

www.Tribes.co.uk

SOUTH LUANGWA

Dana Allen

NORTH LUANGWA

A rustic but charming family-run safari lodge on the banks of Lake Itezhi-Tezhi. The lodge is all about embracing nature and is a very personal experience with only 3 chalets. The guiding is superb.

A small intimate camp with 4 luxury ensuite tents overlooking the river, in the centre of Kafue. It has a real bush camp feel to it and the staff are very friendly. Game drives, short walks and river boat trips are all offered. Great value.

Busanga Plains in north Kafue are all around you. This small tented camp is open from June to November. It might be simple but it is a perfect base for this fabulous area. Enjoy day and night drives, walks and excellent birding.

A simple small bushcamp on the Mwaleshi River, Mwaleshi is well run

by Remote Africa Safaris. It is mainly geared to walking safaris and the guiding is very good. The four grass and pole en-suite chalets are lit by solar lamps, and the food is superb.

BRAZIL More diversity of landscape, flora & fauna, people & culture is hard to imagine From the awe-inspiring Amazon rainforest, to the wetlands of the Pantanal, and the magnificent Iguazu Falls, Brazil has more than its fair share of stunning natural wonders. And within these incredible habitats, the wildlife viewing and bird watching opportunities are phenomenal.

Brazil is also very well know for its gorgeous white sand beaches, and there is a great choice of excellent places to relax by the sea.

However it is the vibrancy and diversity of Brazil’s people and their cultures which will surprise and delight you more than you might imagine.

A rodeo at one of the Pantanal ranches

87

www.Tribes.co.uk

Brazil

Rare hyacinth macaws Itinerary suggestion Day 1

Arrive in Rio de Janeiro and

transfer to hotel.

Day 2

Guided tour of Rio including

Sugar Loaf and Corcovado

mountains.

Day 3 Free day in Rio. Day 4 Transfer to airport. Fly to

Iguazu and transfer to hotel.

Day 5 Visit the Brazilian and

Argentinian Falls.

Day 6 Morning free. Afternoon flight

to Cuiaba.

Day 7 Fly to Alta Floresta and travel

to Cristalino Jungle Lodge

Brazil highlights

• • • •

Richly diverse wildlife of the Pantanal wetlands and the vast Amazon rainforest Miles of pristine beaches fringed by turquoise seas Fascinating cultural diversity The impressive Iguazu Falls

Key facts Time:

Visas: Not needed for British travellers.

Mostly GMT-3 hours,

where you have the next two

though there are 4 time zones in Brazil

days to explore the Amazon.

Flight time: About 12 hours direct from

vaccinations, except yellow fever if

Day 10 Travel back to Alta Floresta,

UK to Rio or Sao Paulo.

you are coming from an infected area.

Language: Portuguese is the official

Malaria prophylactics are recommended

Day 11 Transfer to Pantanal Wildlife

language. Spanish and English are most

in the rainforest.

Centre where you have the

widely understood.

next three days.

then fly on to Cuiaba.

Day 14 Transfer to Cuiaba. Fly to Sao

Paulo for onward connections.

Health: There are no compulsory

Best times to go

Brazil is a tropical country but there are many regional variations in the climate, with temperatures increasing steadily from south to north. In general though, April to

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made

June and August to October are good months to visit most parts of the country. The

The above

and rainy from about December to March. The beaches are generally hottest (and

itinerary is just

busiest) from December to March, though there is some rain. The chart below is for

one example to help you get started.

Rio de Janeiro.

heaviest rains in the rainforest are March to May. In the Pantanal it is generally hot

Just tell us what you want and we will arrange everything to fit your wishes or

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

23

22

21

19

18

17

18

29

28

27

25

24

24

24

Oct

Nov

Dec

18

19

20

22

24

25

26

28

suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

88

www.Tribes.co.uk

Min temp

23 Max temp

29

Iguazu & the south

THE NORTH EAST

Rio de Janeiro

Iguazu Falls

Salvador da Bahia

With thirty seven sandy beaches such as

Situated on the border between Brazil and

Salvador da Bahia is situated on a lovely bay

Ipanema, backed by lush green peaks, and

Argentina, the falls are made up of 275

dotted with 36 islands. It is one of Brazil’s

a lively arts and music scene (including the

separate waterfalls which occupy an area

liveliest cities with a rich history and culture,

world-famous carnival) and its celebration of

three miles wide and 80 metres high, flanked

beautiful beaches and attractive historic

samba, Rio is a city like no other.

by lush rainforest. There are national parks

centre. It is known as the African Soul of Brazil.

Perhaps Rio’s best known landmarks are the

on both sides of the falls, with the Brazilian

About 80% of the population are of Afro-

statue of Christ the Redeemer rising 38m above

national park founded in 1939 and designated

Brazilian descent. These descendants of West

Corcovado Mountain, and Sugarloaf Mountain.

a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1986.

African slaves have preserved their cultural

rio & the costa verde

It can take most of a day to visit these two sites.

The Brazilian side of the falls offers excellent

You might also like to explore the last few

panoramic views. The most spectacular

remnants of Atlantic cloud forest close to Rio

part of the falls, the Devil’s Throat, is on

in Tijuca National Park, eat lunch at one of Rio’s

the Argentine side, and some of the best

most famous churrascarias or carveries and

rainforest trails are also on this side.

explore the city’s Jardim Botanico.

Whale Watching The Costa Verde Hugging the coast south from Rio is a verdant region set between the Atlantic and areas of forest. This green coast offers some great hiking opportunities and pretty towns like Paraty. There are also some beautiful beaches.

Paraty

arts (capoeira), religion (the Afro-Brazilian cult Candomble), food, music and dance. Carnival in Salvador is the second largest in Brazil, and preferred by many to the Rio Carnival.

Pelourinho, the historic centre of the Upper City, is a national monument and designated

Along with Argentina, southern Brazil is a

UNESCO world heritage site, with some of

main centre for whale watching. Praia da

the most important examples of colonial

Rosa was the country’s first dedicated whale

architecture in Latin America.

sanctuary. It covers 81 miles of the Santa Catarina coast and protects the endangered

Day trips are possible to Praia do Forte

Southern Right Whales. July to November is

(for beach lovers), or Cachoeira (if you are

the time to be here, as this is when the whales

interested in traditional culture and history).

gather to breed in the bay.

Longer trips can be made to Chapada

This pretty colonial town is three hours west

Diamantina National Park which offers

of Rio. Steep jungle-covered mountains

excellent hiking, and the Marau Peninsula for

reach down to the sea, and the waters around

a rustic beach retreat south of Salvador.

Paraty are dotted with sixty five islands.

Ilha Grande This is a tropical forested island ringed by sandy beaches. There are no cars and it is a gorgeous spot to relax or hike.

89

roots manifesting their heritage in martial

www.Tribes.co.uk

North of Salvador Just outside of Recife is the UNESCO site of Olinda, a preserved and restored colonial town ... which also has a carnival!

Brazil

the amazon rainforest

Pelourinho - the heart of Salvador

There’s an amazing view over the top of the rainforest canopy as the morning mists rise

Beyond Salvador and Recife, the small,

The Amazon rainforest is the world’s largest tropical rainforest, covering 2.3 million square

beautiful archipelago of Fernando de

miles, with about 60% falling within Brazil. It is thought to be the world’s oldest tropical forest,

Noronha lies some 215 miles offshore from

perhaps 100 million years old. As well as being home to a number of indigenous communities,

Recife and offers world class diving in rich

it contains the largest collection of plant and animal species on the planet. As many as 70% of

waters and fabulous beaches.

all species in the Amazon remain unrecorded. However this richest and most biologically diverse region of the world is also one of the most threatened due to massive deforestation.

• Getting there: The main entry points to Brazil are Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, though flights into other large coastal cities are also available.

• Flying around: Brazil is huge! The main attractions are spread out over a wide area and to get between them requires a lot of flights. You need to build in time for travelling and bear in mind that this can add significantly to costs.

Manaus is where Rio Negro and Rio Solimões join to form the Amazon. Here at the ‘Meeting of the Waters’, the dark water of the Negro flows for miles alongside the milky-coffee coloured water of the Solimões without mixing. You could spend time here visiting the Baroque opera house and local market before setting off into the rainforest.

At the southern edge of the Amazon, accessed via Cuiaba, Cristalino Jungle Lodge protects a large private reserve against deforestation and offers a superb wildlife experience.

Amazon River Cruise Starting in Manaus, you can take four to seven

• Beaches: Brazil is famous for its beaches.

The Costa Verde is the most popular area for beaches whether it’s large resorts or remote islands and bays you’re looking for.

Coast Verde is easily accessible from Rio or Sao Paulo and can easily be added on to the end of your trip.

Salvador also has a good variety of nearby beaches and peninsulas.

Or of course you can enjoy the beaches in Rio by staying in one of the large hotels on the busy Ipanema and Copacabana beaches.

night cruises on the Amazon in a traditional river boat. On the journey up the Amazon, you stop for daily rainforest walks (perhaps visiting one of the riverside settlements) and frequent trips in small boats to explore the streams branching off the river. You can also swim from deserted beaches, see caimans by spotlight at night, or view wildlife from the observation decks too.

• Crossing borders at Iguazu: Having enjoyed the Falls from the Brazilian side, you will also cross to the Argentinian side which has an extensive network of trails through the forest leading to the base of the Falls. If you then fancy continuing to Buenos Aires we can help you with this too.

• Most on-board time was spent on the observation deck looking out for birds, monkeys and dolphins. The virtual absence of ANY biggish boats really emphasised the remote, pristine and vast character of Amazonia in the best possible way.

• Accommodation: Wherever possible we tend to recommend the small, charming and often historic or unique places to stay, such as pousadas or a floating lodge.

• Iguassu was wonderful, dramatic & indescribably beautiful. A long way off our track but well worth it & not to be missed.

Blue and yellow macaw

90

www.Tribes.co.uk

Read reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

MAKING THE MOST OF BRAZIL

the pantanal

This Jaguar was photographed by Kelvin Brown on his holiday with us to the Pantanal!

of France. Although part of the Brazilian Pantanal is protected as the Pantanal Matogrossense National Park, only about 2% of the Pantanal is under federal protection and the ecosystem is under threat from human activities.

Anyone travelling to the Pantanal needs to understand that this is an area where man and nature cohabit. It is not a pristine and uninhabited wilderness, but is a huge ranching area and the juxtaposition of wildlife and agriculture can be initially surprising.

Most of the Pantanal lies in the floodplain of Rio Paraguay and its tributaries. 80% of the Pantanal is submerged during the wet season. In the dry season (July to September) the water drains away leaving dry grassland, small wooded islands and fish-filled pools where animals and birds congregate to drink and feed. This makes for incredible wildlife viewing (think Amazon rainforest without the trees, albeit sparsely-inhabited and with many thousands of cattle too!) and during the dry season many of the 700 species of birds, 100 mammal species and 80 reptile species can be seen. These include the jabiru stork, giant otters, jaguars, hyacinth macaws, giant and collared anteaters, about 600,000 capybara, and millions of caiman.

The unpaved Transpantaneira Highway crosses about 150 kms of the Pantanal and has over 120 narrow wooden bridges that cross mangroves, flood plains, streams and rivers. It makes for an adventurous, often scenic journey which can offer some great moments of wildlife viewing too.

At the end of the Transpantaneira is the Cuiaba River. The lodges here offer boat trips along the river, and this is one of the best ways to see jaguars.

AMAZON & PANTANAL EXPERIENCES • Jaguars: The Pantanal is the best place in the world to see jaguars in the wild. There are thought to be about 4000-7000 in this region. The more remote the lodge, the higher your chances of seeing these elusive creatures. The best way of seeing them is spotting them on riverbanks from a small boat. The very best time to see these big cats is between July and September, though the months either side can be good too.

Nothing is guaranteed with wildlife viewing, but given 2-3 days at a good lodge in the right months you’d be unlucky not to spot a jaguar here.

• Combining Amazon & Pantanal: The town of Cuiaba is the gateway to both the southern Amazon and the northern Pantanal, so these two regions combine very well for an excellent wildlife experience.

• Combining Pantanal & Bonito: You fly into Campo Grande to reach both the southern Pantanal and Bonito. Bonito is wonderful for a variety of activities including river snorkelling to see shoals of freshwater fish, hiking in forests to see waterfalls, river tubing, rope walks through forest, incredible caves, and scarlet macaw nesting sites in a sink hole.

• We were hoping to see a lot of wildlife and birds and we certainly did. The surroundings were pristine and for most sightings we were virtually by ourselves.

The most notable was watching a jaguar on the bank of the Cuiaba River from our boat just 8m away for over half an hour.

• Wildlife viewing in the Pantanal far exceeded our expectations and although we did not see wildlife in the same abundance as say in East or Southern Africa, the encounters that we did enjoy were every bit as good.

Giant anteater - why the long face?

91

www.Tribes.co.uk

Great bird life - like this roseate spoonbill

Unforgettable Experiences

The vast Pantanal wetland covers part of Brazil, Paraguay and Bolivia and is over half the size

Read reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Brazil

some lovely places to stay

Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website: www.tribes.co.uk

View of Iguazu falls from the Sheraton hotel on the Argentine side

Um Meia Tres

RIO

Guapi Assu

RIO

Asalem

COSTA VERDE

COSTA VERDE

Pousada Picinguaba

Vida Sol E Mar

FLORIANOPOLIS

Das Cataratas

IGUAZU

Solar dos Deuses

92

SALVADOR

www.Tribes.co.uk

Simple accommodation designed to have minimal impact on the environment. All rooms are ensuite and have private terraces, ideal for viewing the fantastic range of wildlife for which the Mamiraua Reserve is known, inc. many rare species.

Small, friendly boutique hotel in characterful Santa Teresa. Up in the hills, so super panoramic views of Rio. Great base to explore the local area. Hotel is flanked by the rainforest so take a dip in the swimming pool looking up at the tropical vegetation.

Uakari Floating Lodge

AMAZON

This bird lodge is in the heart of the Atlantic Forest. Quality accommodation is offered in a relaxed & informal atmosphere.

Ensuite rooms with solar powered hot water. Good guides, great for bird watching, beautiful gardens.

MV Tucano

AMAZON

The sea on one side, the forest on the other. Beautifully rustic and intimate with just four standard suites & an eco honeymoon suite. A personal sanctuary. Plan your meals directly with the cook, choose the local fisherman’s catch of the day.

Cristallino Lodge

AMAZON

Charming hotel overlooking peaceful bay. Simple (no TV, phone, Internet or air conditioning) but beautiful rooms showcasing Brazilian artwork. Spring water swimming pool in tropical gardens. Organically produce much of their food.

Fazenda Barranco Alto SOUTHERN PANTANAL

Live like a Pantanal cowboy on this remote family run cattle ranch. Lots of activities inc. riding, canoeing, fishing or even join the workers on a cattle muster. Great wildlife viewing.

The traditional house on this ecoranch has just four cozy rooms.

Eco-resort overlooking what is said to be one of the best beaches in Brazil. Rustic style accommodation in cottages, suites and new luxury villas.

Children are welcome. Lots of water based activities inc. whale watching, surfing and snorkelling.

Araras

NORTHERN PANTANAL

One of the first lodges on the Transpantaneira and one of the most established, great at supporting local eco projects. Caiman, capybara and hyacinth macaw sightings daily.

Lots of activities on offer inc. river boats and horseriding.

The only hotel on the Brazilian side within the Iguazu National Park.

Tastefully built in a colonial style, the best thing here is the ability to access the park when everyone else has left! Close to the Iguazu Falls. Lovely garden & nice pool, great to chillout.

Jaguar Eco Reserve

NORTHERN PANTANAL

One of the only lodges run by a Pantaneiro. The owner built this lodge on his family land and obviously knows the area intimately.

Lots of river trips to view jaguars and a good success rate.

Beautifully restored boutique hotel in the heart if the historical Perlourinho district of Salvador. Just seven spacious rooms all tastefully furnished. Great base to explore the city. Friendly and informal atmosphere.

Southwild Jaguar Camp NORTHERN PANTANAL

Experience the Amazon from the water on this expedition riverboat.

There are daily walks into the forest exploring the Amazon’s more remote areas and the chance to swim off deserted river beaches. Good wildlife viewing. Max capacity 18.

Individual, very nicely furnished cottages on this private reserve.

Unique to the area, the owners of this jungle lodge have bought a large area of the rainforest to protect against deforestation. Great for birding, monkeys and giant otters.

High quality camp beside the Piquiri River. 16 permanent ensuite spacious tents right in the forest.

Radio boats offer the best chance of jaguar sightings and due to this central location you get more time to see the wildlife inc. giant otters.

ECUADOR A small country with a wealth of experiences to offer Travel to Ecuador and let Tribes guide you through one of the friendliest South American countries.

Ecuador, straddling the equator, is a gem of a country which offers a wide variety of attractions in a relatively small area. The landscape stretches from the dizzy heights of the Andes down to the rainforests of the Amazon basin in the east, and the Pacific coast in the west. Enjoy some of the most extraordinary wildlife watching in the world on a cruise in the unique Galapagos Islands; trek through pristine rainforests in search of unusual flora and fauna; bird watch in cloudforests; go hiking in the Andes in the ‘Avenue of Volcanoes’; and discover traditional cultures from the people of the Andes to the tribal lives of the Amazonian Indians. You are sure to leave Ecuador with a great love of the country and its people.

93

www.Tribes.co.uk

Llamas at San Agustin

Ecuador

ECUADOR Itinerary suggestion Day 1

Arrive in Quito and transfer

to your hotel.

Day 2

Morning city tour. Travel to

a hacienda near Cotopaxi in

the afternoon.

Day 3 Visit Cotopaxi National Park

and an Andean market, before

driving to Baños.

Day 4 Explore Baños this morning,

or hike. Transfer to Riobamba

by road in afternoon.

Day 5 Take Devil’s Nose train. Explore

Ingapirca, then end in Cuenca.

Day 6 Explore Cuenca, then

afternoon free.

Day 7 Road transfer to Guayaquil

with Las Cajas National Park

visit en route.

Day 8 Fly to the Galapagos Islands

for an eight day wildlife cruise.

Ecuador highlights

• • • • •

The unique wildlife and landscape of the Galapagos Islands The traditional cultures and dramatic landscape of the Andes Rainforests - home to diverse flora and fauna, as well as native tribes Superb birdwatching in the cloudforests Charming accommodation in haciendas, lodges and inns

Key facts Time:

Health: There are no compulsory

GMT-5 hours.

Day 15 End of cruise. Fly back to

Flight time: 14 hour flight plus stops

Quito.

Language: Spanish

Day 16 Transfer to airport for flight home.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made The above itinerary is just one example to help you get started.

Visas:

vaccinations except yellow fever if visiting the rainforest. Malaria prophylactics are recommended in the rainforest.

Not required for British

citizens.

Best times to go

The driest season for the Andean regions is from about late May to early October. The Napo rainforest region is a year round destination, though the rains are heaviest in July and August. The Galapagos Islands are a year round destination too, with December to May being the warmest months. The chart below relates to Quito.

Just tell us what you want and we will arrange everything to fit your wishes or

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

8

8

8

8

7

7

7

22

22

21

21

22

21

23

Oct

Nov

Dec

7

8

7

8

23

22

22

22

suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

94

www.Tribes.co.uk

Min temp

8 Max temp

22

QUITO & SURROUNDS

Independence square - the heart of Quito’s historic old town

Quito

Otavalo

Quito is at an altitude of 2800m and is only

Otavalo is a small town north of Quito in

25km south of the Equator.

the highlands of northern Ecuador, at an

After the Incas used the city as the capital

altitude of 2500m. It is surrounded by the

In addition this area is perfect for walking,

of their northern empire, the Spanish

huge volcanoes of Cotacachi, Imbabura and

horse riding or mountain biking on

conquistadors took over in 1534. The old part

Mojanda.

spectacular trails, passing terraced farms,

of the city is still very much as it was at the end of the colonial period, but entering the new city you find a very modern place with few relics from the past. In 1978 UNESCO declared Quito to be a World Cultural Heritage Site.

A tour of Quito’s old town includes some

The main attraction at Otavalo is the Andean market. Its main market day is Saturday,

to a local shaman or herbal healer if you are interested in the spiritual or traditional cultural aspects of the region.

gorges, lakes, rivers and waterfalls in the surrounding high plains and cloudforests.

however, there is a market in place daily. The market is for locals trading animals and food, and for travellers to buy crafts. Handicrafts on offer include woven wall hangings, jumpers made of llama wool, jewellery and more.

great museums, churches, plazas and

In the surrounding areas you can visit Andean

galleries. However it is also very pleasant to

villages such as Peguche, Cotacachi (excellent

wander along the main street of Amazonas

for leather goods), San Antonio (good for

and other parts of the new town. Simply

wood handicrafts), and beautiful lakes such as

enjoy the vast array of shops, restaurants and

San Pablo or Cuicocha, which is a lake inside

cafes.

a volcanic crater. We can also arrange visits

Cotacachi

North of the city you can visit the Mitad del Mundo - the ‘Middle of the World’, where there is the Equator monument and a good ethnographic museum.

Heading north out of the city you might want to visit a couple of fascinating small villages.

Calderon is a village where many of the ubiquitous ‘dough’ crafts found throughout the country are made. The villagers of Tocachi make many fair trade crafts as their means of income support.

Otavalo market - a must for a shopping stop

95

www.Tribes.co.uk

Ecuador

Papallacta

the cloudforest

The natural spa at Papallacta Termas de Papallacta is a hot thermal springs resort at an altitude of 3320m about two hours’ drive east of Quito. Here you can experience the natural restorative effects of the crystalline, odourless, hyperthermal, hypertonic, sulfate and alkaline terreus hot spring waters. The temperature of the springs at their origin varies from 30º to 70ºc and the temperature of the pools fluctuates between 36º and 42ºc. There is also good hiking in the area. There is a comfortable main hotel and also luxury cabins.

In the transition regions between the high altitude grassland above the tree line and the rich sub-tropical rainforest of the jungles, are the cloudforests. These are damp humid places which support an environment dominated by moss-clad trees with branches hanging with old-man’s beard, orchids, bromeliads, tree ferns, bamboo and a whole range of precious endangered hardwood tree species.

North of Quito, near Mindo, the reserves of Bellavista, Septimo Paraiso and Maquipucuna are some of the best places to visit this landscape. Much of the forest here is still intact and boasts 330 bird species plus about 45 mammal species including the rare spectacled bear, puma, and Visit the cloudforest for hummingbirds

Andean coati.

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR TRIP • Mitad del Mundo, the Equator monument and ethnographic museum, is only 2 hours from Quito and worth a half day visit.

• Calderon and Tocachi villages are about 1 hour from Quito and can be visited as a half day (+) trip from Quito or on the way to Otavalo.

• Otavalo market is on every day, but Saturday is the main market and animal market too.

• Local culture and traditions are accessible to visitors around Otavalo. We can prearrange for you to meet a herbal healer or other local people such as craft makers.

• The cloudforest is a fascinating habitat (and a must for birdwatchers) which is easily combined with Quito and Otavalo.

Stay at least two nights if possible. You might even see a spectacled bear!

• Antisana Reserve is a volcanic national park about 1½ hours from Quito. The dramatic landscape is home for condors and other rare birds.

96

www.Tribes.co.uk

A mountain toucan

You’ll need wellies for the cloudforest trails!

• Thank you for making our trip so special and giving us the honour of spending time in this beautiful country with its wonderful people.

• Time in and around Quito was absolutely fascinating. The relative lack of tourists was really refreshing making us feel that we experienced a glimpse of the real country.

• All our guides - city guides, naturalist guides in the rainforest, Galapagos and Cotopaxi and local guide in Chugchilan were exceptional. Their knowledge of the local environment and natural world and their warm friendly approach were what really made the holiday.

• The holiday exceeded our expectations (which were very high to begin with), particularly the Galapagos experience and the Andes.

Unforgettable Experiences

• The Otavalo / Peguche region is one of the best for getting out into stunning Andean scenery. Whether you like hiking, horse riding or mountain biking, build in some free time to escape to the hills and crater lakes.

Read the Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website: www.tribes.co.uk.

SOUTHERN ANDES

Cotopaxi region & markets About 60km south of Quito in the ‘Avenue of Volcanoes’ is Cotopaxi National Park. It covers about 33,500 hectares and the snow-capped volcano from which the park gets its name is the highest active volcano in the world. It has a perfect cone-shaped peak and is actually the second highest peak in Ecuador after Chimborazo. Birdlife is good here - you might even see the Andean Hillstar, Andean Condor

Other activities in this region include: horse riding; downhill mountain biking; exploring one of the many Andean markets (such as Pujili, Latacunga, Saquisili); visiting the famous naive painters of Tigua.

Quilotoa Loop If you want to take a look at a remote part of the Andes, consider the 200km circuit called the Quilotoa Loop. South of Quito and west

Situated in a beautiful valley about four hours’ drive south of Quito, Baños is a small town with colonial architecture and a fascinating basilica. There are lovely walking trails in the gorgeous Andean scenery, including to nearby waterfalls. There are also hot springs and other activities such as horseback riding, rafting, climbing and mountain biking.

of Latacunga, the main focus of a journey here

From Baños it is not far to Riobamba, from

is to see the stunning crater lake of Quilotoa

where you can take the famed train ride to

The park is a lovely place to hike, perhaps

- the walks around here are incredible.

the Devil’s Nose, a high ridge on a famous

to Limpiopungo Lake, to enjoy the scenery,

However, it is also a great place to see more

stretch of railway line, which zigzags its way

flora and fauna. A summit attempt can be

of the indigenous Andean culture, by visiting

up the steep inclines.

considered for more experienced climbers.

local markets and staying in small hostels.

and Andean seagull.

Saquisili market. Andean markets are a great addition to any itinerary

97

Baños

www.Tribes.co.uk

Waterfall near Banos

Ecuador

Cuenca

Ingapirca

Cuenca marks the start of the southern

At Ingapirca, north of Cuenca, you can explore

sierra - a traditional region that boasts some

Incan history at this, Ecuador’s most famous

of Ecuador’s most unusual indigenous

set of Inca ruins. Ingapirca means ‘stone wall’

communities as well as remote landscapes.

and it is an archaeological site with an Inca

The city of Cuenca, founded in 1557, is

monument in the form of an elliptical-shaped

considered to be one of Ecuador’s most

temple.

GUAYAQUIL & COAST

Guayaquil Guayaquil is Ecuador’s largest city and busiest port with a very different character to Quito. It is a surprisingly likeable and bustling city full Include a visit to Ingapirca ruins in the south

of energy, with charming colonial buildings

beautiful cities. It has preserved its old-world

Inca Trail Trek to Ingapirca:

hidden amongst the skyscrapers and modern

charm and feeling of the colonial period,

This five day trip takes you by road from

developments. Over the past decade

with its cobblestone streets, whitewashed

Quito through the ‘Avenue of the Volcanoes’

Guayaquil has put a lot of investment into

buildings and a huge cathedral. It is a

to Achupallas. You then trek for three days

renovating some of the city’s poorest areas.

UNESCO World Heritage Trust site.

on ancient Inca trails through wonderful

New cafes, restaurants and shops are now

mountain scenery, past lagoons and

springing up in places that ten years ago were

mountain peaks. The last section of the trail

unsafe for tourists, and residents of Guayaquil

is on a seven metre wide Inca road which

are very proud of their achievements.

Cuencaños have a proud intellectual tradition that has produced many writers, poets, artists, and philosophers. It really is the cultural Mecca of Ecuador.

leads to the ruins of Ingapirca. The trip ends in Cuenca.

Within an hour of Cuenca there are some

Most visitors use the city either as a stop before or after the Galapagos Islands, or when visiting the coast.

interesting villages such as Gualaceo and Chordeleg which are noted for their silver and

The Coast

goldsmiths. There is also the National Park of El Cajas (3850m) which has some stunning

A couple of hours drive from Guayaquil, La

scenery and is great for walking.

Ruta del Sol runs north passing stunning coastal scenery, areas of rainforest and cloudforest, and through small fishing villages.

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR TRIP

Puerto Lopez is the largest town on this stretch of the coast and is the base for visits

• Cotopaxi N.P. is worth at least a day of your time to hike to Limpiopungo Lake.

Give it more time if you want to go riding, mountain biking, or if you want to take in an Andean market based from here.

to Machalilla National Park, most noted for Isla de la Plata. This island is famed for its marine birdlife and whale watching opportunities.

• Cotopaxi can be climbed only by very experienced climbers. Ask us for details.

Also within Machalilla is the fascinating village

• Local Andean market days: Pujili - Wed & Sun; Saquisili - Thurs; Latacunga - Sat; Ambato - Mon, Wed, Fri; Zumbahua - Sat.

• Devil’s Nose train ride goes from Riobamba to Alausi which takes roughly half a day. The timetable could be best explained as ‘erratic’, so expect changes and possible delays.

• Ingapirca is easily included in your trip if you are heading down to Cuenca. It is about 2 hours drive from Cuenca.

• Isla de la Plata makes a good, and much cheaper, alternative to the Galapagos Islands. Take a boat ride to see marine life.

98

www.Tribes.co.uk

Manteña civilization, and the perfect sheltered bay of Playa de los Frailes with its sweeping Chimborazo at sunset

sandy beach backed by dry tropical forest.

• We could not fault our trip in the slightest. We had the most perfect honeymoon and have some wonderful memories to look back on.

• Paced just right. My husband likes active, interesting holiday destinations - so ideal. We both feel fortunate to have experienced a very special trip to a great country with a rich heritage.

Unforgettable Experiences

• The Quilotoa Loop brings you closer to traditional Andean life. The hiking here is superb. Take at least two nights to make the most of this great area.

of Agua Blanca, the old centre of the pre-Inca

• This was the first tailor-made holiday I’ve taken and Tribes really organised it beautifully for us.

Hiking in the Cotapaxi and Cajus national parks was brilliant. Absolutely wonderful would sum it up!

• It was a stunning trip. Could have stayed longer in the Galapagos - the 8 day trip was packed with activity. Quito was a beautiful city - a couple of days was about right in terms of seeing major sites.

Read the Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website. www.tribes.co.uk.

The RAINFOREST

Cobalt-winged parakeets at Yasuni clay lick

The Ecuadorian Amazon

The Huaorani

MAKING THE MOST OF THE RAINFOREST

The Andes fall sharply and in less than

The Huaorani have long inhabited the

150km you can pass from the high altiplano

headwaters of the Amazon, living as nomadic

to tropical jungle. To the east of the Andes,

hunter-gatherers. In 1956 they became

• Galapagos & the rainforest: This makes a fabulous combination for wildlife lovers. We recommend visiting the rainforest first, as the Galapagos is the highlight for most people.

the area known as the Oriente, is the vast

the last of Ecuador’s indigenous peoples to

rainforest region of the upper Amazon basin.

be contacted. Today there are about 2400

Dozens of rivers such as the Napo eventually

Huaorani living a largely traditional lifestyle

all flow into the Amazon. This is a huge area

directly in and from the rainforest.

the Pastaza River region close to the Peruvian border is another vast area of pristine forest.

If you stay at Huaorani Ecolodge you travel on the Shiripuno River by dugout canoe and explore the extensive rainforest trails by foot.

Both areas are perfect places to take a jungle

The Huao and naturalist guides show you

trip to get to know something of the fragile

how to interact with this intense environment

ecosystem and the people and wildlife that

while teaching you about some of the

depend on it. You could see tapirs, capybaras,

many fascinating organisms and systems.

giant otters, pink dolphins, various monkey

Alternatively you can enjoy the rainforest from

species, perhaps even the elusive jaguar, and

the comfort of your hammock, take a swim in

of course the rainforest is a haven for many

the Shiripuno, or watch the prolific birdlife.

hundreds of species of birds.

Huaorani boys

99

www.Tribes.co.uk

• The Huaroni are a warm, friendly, funny, albeit fiercely independent tribe of people.

I feel honoured to have been one of only about 500 people to have visited the lodge so far, but would highly recommend this experience, for thrill seekers and those keen to conserve nature’s wonders.

• Napo Wildlife Centre - built by local people in a pristine beautiful location, managed by local people and benefitting the local community. First-class service, first-class programme. You couldn’t ask for more!

Unforgettable Experiences

of mostly primary rainforest. Further south in

• How long? We recommend a minimum of 3 nights in the rainforest, though you could stay longer and combine a couple of lodges for variety.

Read the Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website.

Deep in Huaorani territory

Ecuador

some lovely places to stay Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website.

Go to our website for more choice and information. www.tribes.co.uk

Kapawi lodge in the Amazon (See our website for full details).

Patio Andaluz

QUITO

Casa Aliso

QUITO

Plaza Grande

QUITO

Bellavista

100

CLOUDFOREST

Hacienda Cusin

OTAVALO

Hacienda Zuleta

OTAVALO

Hato Verde

COTOPAXI

www.Tribes.co.uk

Beautiful old colonial building in the heart of the old town of Quito.

With a courtyard restaurant in the centre, the rooms are tastefully decorated in colonial furnishings.

Great location to explore the sights.

San Agustin

COTOPAXI

In La Floresta region, part of Quito’s new town is this peaceful boutique hotel. With only 10 rooms they offer a personal service. Contemporary furnishings with much attention to detail. There’s a good restaurant right next door.

Mama Hilda’s

QUILOTOA

Formerly a bishop’s palace the Plaza Grande is very grand and offers luxurious accommodation in a fabulously central location right on the main square. Explore the city or relax with a spa treatment.

Hacienda Manteles

Great trails and particularly good for birdwatchers with hummingbirds flitting around. Only about 2 hours’ drive from Quito, accommodation is rustic and simple. Come here for the experience of the cloudforest’s biodiversity.

Santa Lucia

CUENCA

A characterful old farmhouse in a small village outside Otavalo. Stay in the old house or in one of the garden cottages surrounded by hummingbirds and llamas. A great place to come back to and relax.

Napo Wildlife Centre

AMAZON

Stunning luxury accommodation providing real hacienda experience.

15 individually-designed spacious rooms all with own fire place. Their own stables offer horseriding. They also have their own cheese factory!

Sacha Lodge

AMAZON

Colonial style boutique hotel on this eco-friendly working dairy ranch. Rooms have been designed in the original style of the house.

Relax in the gardens and enjoy the spectacular countryside.

Huaorani Eco Lodge

AMAZON

BANOS

This luxurious hacienda has huge historical value as it was built on the site of an old Inca temple. At the base of Cotopaxi National Park it is a beautiful place to stay. Rooms are lovely with colonial-style fittings.

Situated on the Quilotoa Loop this simple hostel is run by Mama Hilda & her husband Papa Anibal. A variety of rooms can accommodate up to 46 people. Great base for exploring the local area. Guides are available.

Beautiful traditional hacienda with lovely gardens. Manteles offers a very good service and good food in peaceful surroundings and is far enough away from the active volcano! Walking tours & riding.

Beautiful colonial building close to the historic centre of Cuenca, a UNSECO World Heritage site. Nice rooms, central courtyard with big tree and singing birds! This is one of the nicest accommodation options in Cuenca.

An intimate ecolodge owned by the local Quichua community, Napo is the only lodge within Yasuni National Park. With 12 chalets and 4 suites in a beautiful setting, there is an observation tower, and superb parrot and parakeet clay licks nearby.

Offering a civilised jungle experience, Sacha is one of the most easily-accessed rainforest lodges. The canopy walkway and observation tower are real highlights.

Comfortable accommodation and good international cuisine.

A remote ecolodge run by the Huaorani tribe, this lodge has palmthatched cabins in traditional style, but with a shower and flush loo! It is deep in the forest and offers a rare insight to traditional forest life. A truly amazing experience.

GALAPAGOS ISLANDS Unique species in a unique landscape The Galapagos Islands are made up of thirteen main islands and numerous smaller ones, all the result of volcanic activity. It was the Galapagos Islands that Charles Darwin visited as a naturalist on HMS Beagle in 1835 and started to form his theory on evolution. His book ‘On the Origin of Species by Natural Selection’ brought the world’s attention to the Galapagos Islands. Since then they have been a focus for the interest of scientists and wildlife enthusiasts alike.

Usually explored by wildlife yacht cruises, the Galapagos Islands are all very different. The nature trails are carefully marked out to avoid disrupting the wildlife, you follow these accompanied by an expert naturalist guide.

As well as the land trails, you also have an opportunity to go swimming and snorkelling, perhaps even being joined by sea lions.

Taken by Rey Major whilst travelling with us on the Mary Anne

101

www.Tribes.co.uk

Galapagos Islands

GALAPAGOS ISLANDS Itinerary suggestion Day 1 Arrive in Quito or Guayaquil

and transfer to your hotel.

Day 2 Morning flight to San

Cristobal. Afternoon trail, no

doubt seeing mockingbirds

and maybe tortoises.

Day 3: Snorkelling and kayaking

from the beach at Cerro

Brujo and visiting Punta Pitt

for superb birding.

Day 4: Espanola’s Punta Suarez

and Gardner Bay are both

highlights of the islands.

Nature walks, swimming

and snorkelling.

Day 5: Visit Floreana with its ‘post

office’ plus excellent walks,

& snorkelling at Devil’s Crown.

Day 6: Isabela and you will visit

Sierra Negra volcano. Giant

tortoises in the wild.

Day 7: After Black Turtle Cove, head

for Bartolome for an iconic

view from a volcano.

Day 8: South Plaza land iguanas

and Santa Cruz highlands.

Day 9: Fly back to the mainland

from San Cristobal.

Overnight.

Day 10: Flight home.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made

Galapagos Islands highlights

• • • •

A remarkable range of wildlife with no fear of man Explore the islands with an expert naturalist guide Travel from island to island in a comfortable yacht Snorkel with turtles, penguins, sealions and a whole variety of underwater life

Key facts Time:

GMT-6 hours.

Visas:

Flights:

14 hour flight plus stops to

citizens.

Not required for British

Quito. Quito to the islands is 3 hours.

Health:

Language: Spanish.

vaccinations.

There are no compulsory

Best times to go

The Galapagos Islands are a year round destination. The rainfall (about 230mm annually) varies relatively little from month to month.

December to June is mostly warm and slightly wetter than the rest of the year. July to December is a little cooler and drier, with more cloud and occasional mists (garua).

Underwater visibility is best from January to March. July and August can be windy.

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

22

22

21

21

19

18

17

28

29

28

26

24

23

22

Oct

Nov

Dec

16

17

18

19

23

24

24

25

The above itinerary is just an example to help you get started.

Just tell us what you want and we will arrange everything to fit your wishes.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

102

www.Tribes.co.uk

Min temp

20 Max temp

27

Santa Cruz

THE ISLANDS

Puerto Ayora is the centre of the Islands, with shops, hotels and the largest human population. At the Charles Darwin Research Centre you can see giant Galapagos tortoises and learn about conservation issues facing the islands. The highlands have interesting features such as lava tubes and pit craters, and here you can also see Galapagos tortoises. It has more endemic plants than any other island.

Bartolome Island from Sullivan Bay lava flow, Santiago

Santa Fe Santa Fe has a well-protected cove with a white sandy beach and shallow turquoise

Bartolome

Isabela

Bartolome is the best place for an overview

The largest of the islands, Isabela has the

swimming, sometimes with the sealions! On

of the archipelago. Walk up an extinct lava

biggest volcanoes and largest tortoise

land, the main feature is the giant prickly pear

cone passing volcanic ash fields and splatter

population. The four landing sites are on the

cactus. Galapagos mockingbird, magnificent

cones, with pioneer plants and lava cactus

west, a long way from other islands. However,

frigate bird, brown pelican and several species

in a moon-like landscape. Your reward is a

there is lots to see - penguins, waders, herons,

of Darwin’s finch are common sights here.

dramatic view across the islands.

flamingoes, moorhens, brown noddy terns,

Espanola Punta Suarez’ landing point throngs with sea

waters - perfect for snorkelling and

marine iguanas, flightless cormorants and of

Santiago

course blue-footed boobies and sea lions.

With fur seal grottos, superb lava flows at Sullivan Bay and tidal pools near Puerto Egas,

lions and thousands of marine iguanas bask

North Seymour

on the rocks. During the mating season it is

North Seymour is one of the most popular

sealions, finches, flycatchers, iguanas and more.

home to a large colony of waved albatross.

visitor sites. It has the largest colony

There are blue-footed and masked boobies,

of magnificent frigatebirds, which look

San Cristobal

oystercatchers and swallow-tailed gulls.

spectacular when inflating their bright red

The capital of Galapagos is found on this

Gardner Bay has a long coral beach with sea

throats in display. There are also blue-footed

island - Puerto Baquerizo Moreno. Visit the

lions, Hood mockingbirds and colourful lava

boobies and swallow-tailed gulls.

lizards.

Santiago has a plethora of fine sites. There are

interpretation centre. Frigatebirds, boobies, finches, sealions and pelicans are found here.

Rabida This island has a bright red sandy beach,

South Plaza

West of Isabela, Fernandina is the most

formed by the erosion of cinder cliffs. There

This island was formed by uplifted lava and is

westerly and most actively volcanic island.

are sea lions on the beach and behind a

like a massive tilted plate with one side dipping

At Punta Espinosa you can see flightless

backdrop of saltbush is a hidden flamingo

into the water. It has tall tree-like Opuntia

cormorants and an abundance of marine

lagoon. Several species of Darwin’s finches

cactus. The main attractions here are land

iguanas, pelicans and sea lions.

can be seen on this island. Palo santo trees

iguanas, sea lions including a bachelor colony,

Fernandina

Floreana

and opuntia cacti cover the volcanic rocks.

swallow-tailed gulls, red billed tropic birds and Audubon’s shearwaters.

The lagoon at Punta Cormorant is home to flamingoes and other shorebirds. You can snorkel in a submerged volcanic cone called the Devil’s Crown. At Post Office Bay there is a wooden barrel ‘post box’ originally used by 18th century whalers.

Genovesa The northerly island of Genovesa is home to the largest colony of red-footed boobies and there are lots of frigatebirds here too. There are also masked boobies, lava gulls, night herons, mockingbirds and many finches.

103

www.Tribes.co.uk

Sealions chill out at Gardner Bay, Espanola

Galapagos Islands

the wildlife & the experience

You really do get very close to the wildlife! Here on Genovesa, great frigatebirds are unbothered by the visitors

The Galapagos Experience Most visitors explore the archipelago by yacht and stay for about one week. After flying to the islands from Quito or Guayaquil, you are transferred to your awaiting vessel. Each yacht has a different itinerary and both their route and the activities they offer are approved by the national park. There are approved naturalist guides on board, and they explain about the wildlife and habitat as they take you on exploratory walks on the islands. You have to keep to the tracks so as not to disturb the wildlife. You also get to swim and snorkel, often with sealions or penguins coming to take a look at you! Some yachts also offer kayaking. You will reach the islands usually by panga (small boat) and there will be some wet landings. Many itineraries also include a visit

Having sailed during the night you wake up to a new island. It’s an early start with a light breakfast.

Reaching the landing site by panga, you might get your feet wet wading onto the beach. The guide will accompany your small group around the site. You’ll have plenty of time to take photos. This is a

to the main island of Santa Cruz where you can visit the Charles Darwin Research Centre and go

leisurely walk but can be on rough terrain.

to the highlands to see the giant tortoises. It is a truly unique and wonderful wildlife experience.

Back at the yacht you’ll have a mid-morning

The Wildlife

snack before setting off on a snorkelling trip.

With such an incredible diversity of fearless wildlife there is no doubt you will be delighted by

you are joined by curious marine wildlife.

all you see. Whatever your itinerary, you are pretty well guaranteed to see sealions, pelicans,

During a lovely al fresco lunch you sail to

iguanas, various finches, turtles and probably the amazing magnificent frigatebirds. However

a different landing site, often on the same

high on the list of many travellers are: the giant tortoise (Santa Cruz and Isabela), the blue-footed

island. After a break during the heat of the

boobie (Espanola, Isabela, North Seymour), the waved albatross (Espanola from April to December),

day, a late afternoon visit to the new landing

and the flightless cormorant (Fernandina). In addition to this, on the high seas you’re quite likely

site often coincides with greater wildlife

This could be the highlight of your day if

to come across dolphins, whales and sharks.

activity as the sun sets.

Let us know if you’re specifically interested in any species in particular and we will help you find

You return to the boat to relax before the

the right itinerary.

evening’s excellent dinner. After this you’ll

Galapagos tortoises: a highlight of the islands

104

A typical day on a Galapagos cruise

www.Tribes.co.uk

be briefed by your guide about the next day.

Waved albatross on Espanola

Land iguanas: fascinating to watch

Choosing the right yacht

galapagos yachts

Other than availability and prices, the main reasons for choosing one yacht over another are: • • •

•

Itinerary: Consider the duration, the islands visited and/or date of departure.

Standard of yacht: Choose from luxury, prestige, superior tourist or tourist.

Size of yacht: We tend to recommend the more personal 16-20 passenger yachts but there are larger vessels available.

Type of yacht: Do you want a sailing, motor yacht or catamaran? Some yachts are more stable than others, so if you are worried about seasickness we can advise on the most suitable yacht.

Tribes adds another factor into the pot: environmental & social responsibility. ALL of the yachts shown here are certified by Smart Voyager. This means they are active in their care of the Galapagos Islands, its flora, fauna & inhabitants. We think this matters.

All the yachts we recommend have qualified English-speaking guides, as well as good food and accommodation.

You will find all our yachts and itineraries on The Mary-Anne in full sail

Eclipse

105

our website, along with deck plans and photos.

LUXURY

La Pinta

LUXURY

Beagle

PRESTIGE

The Eclipse is considered to be the most

Well appointed stylish yacht offering

Named after Darwin’s HMS Beagle, this

comfortable and spacious expedition

well designed accommodation. Floor

yacht conjures up images of the bygone

vessel cruising the islands. She is

to ceiling windows in all cabins.

days of sail with its classic lines and

equipped with all the facilities of the

Ideal for families as some cabins are

teak interior. She is a popular yacht,

largest cruise ship in the islands, yet has

interconnecting and a ‘young pirates’

comfortable and spacious. A single cabin

half the number of cabins.

program is offered for 7-12 years olds.

option is available.

Type Capacity

Facilities

Type Capacity

Facilities

Type Capacity

Facilities

210ft cruise ship.

48 passengers. 27 cabins with private facilities.

Aircon, plunge pool, bar, library, on-board doctor, 4 naturalist guides.

www.Tribes.co.uk

107ft expedition cruise ship.

48 passengers. Double or twin cabins, all with private facilities, 6 inconnecting Aircon, gym, bar, sun deck, jacuzzi, kids club, boutique.

105ft steel-hulled motor sailer.

13 passengers. 6 upper/lower cabins, 1 single cabin, all with private facilities.

Aircon, TV, sun deck, lounge, outside dining.

Galapagos Islands

Beluga

PRESTIGE

PRESTIGE

Galapagos Journey I

PRESTIGE

The Beluga is a spacious and comfortable

These three yachts are at the forefront of

Fast, comfortable and spacious catamaran

vessel with large public areas and

environmental practices in the Galapagos.

built in 2006. All cabins are ensuite, with

stabilisers for a smoother cruise. There is

Each yacht has two naturalist guides

air conditioning and large windows.

an expansive open deck and a mix of twin

allowing smaller group excursions on the

Service is good with a high crew to

and double cabins. The yacht is light, airy,

islands. There are different standards of

passenger ratio. Good quality local and

modern and well-maintained.

cabin, depending on your budget.

international food is served.

Type Capacity

Facilities

Type 83ft motor yachts.

Capacity 20 passengers. 10 cabins with

various room configurations,

all with private facilities.

Facilities Aircon, TV, lounge, sundeck, kayaks.

Type 90.5ft motor catamaran.

Capacity 16 passengers. 6 twin cabins

and 2 suites all with private facilities.

Facilities Aircon, TV-DVD room, bar,

lounge, jacuzzi, library.

110ft motor yacht.

16 passengers. 2 doubles, 4 twins, 2 double/twins, all with private facilities.

Aircon, TV, lounge, kayaks.

Mary Anne

106

Eric, Flamingo, Letty

PRESTIGE

Sagitta

PRESTIGE

Cachalote

SUPERIOR TOURIST

Mary Anne is one of the largest tall ships

Sagitta is an elegant three-masted

Cachalote is one of the most economical

cruising the Islands and is beautiful,

tall ship. The layout of the yacht offers

of the sailing ships we offer. The three

standing out amongst the other vessels.

a spacious upper deck for lounging

wooden decks provide ample space

She is the perfect option if you want to

or viewing opportunities and there

for relaxing, while the dining room

combine the romance of sail with the

are numerous quiet public areas for

and lounge are equipped with large

space and service of a larger vessel.

relaxation.

panoramic windows.

Type Capacity

Facilities

Type Capacity

Facilities

216ft square-rigged tall ship.

16 passengers. 2 twin, 8 single upper/double lower cabins with private facilities.

Aircon, inside & outside dining, sun deck,TV, lounge, 4 kayaks.

www.Tribes.co.uk

120ft three-masted tall ship.

16 passengers. 10 single upper/double lower cabins all with private facilities.

Aircon, TV, lounge, sun deck, upper deck salon and bar.

Type 96ft motor sailer.

Capacity 16 passengers. 1 double and

7 single upper/double lower

cabins with private facilities.

Facilities Aircon in cabins, TV, lounge, kayaks.

Monserrat

SUPERIOR TOURIST

Classic wooden decor on this graceful motor yacht. There is a large comfortable lounge and big sundeck. The cabins are all ensuite, with four lower deck and four upper deck cabins. Good sized dining room and small bar.

Type 75ft motor yacht.

Capacity 16 passengers. 2 double and

6 twin cabins with private facilities.

Facilities Aircon, TV lounge, sundecks,

3 sundecks, small boutique.

ISLAND HOPPING IN THE GALAPAGOS • How to see the islands. Most people simply stay for their full time in the Galapagos based on a cruise. However there is an alternative. There are hotels on Isabela, Santa Cruz and San Cristobal islands. You could decide to either have a few days land-based before or after your cruise, or indeed you could also decide to take a fully land-based Galapagos holiday.

• A typical land-based island hopping itinerary: A typical one week itinerary would be to fly to San Cristobal island. Here you could explore this island’s sites. After a couple of nights you could transfer by speed boat to Santa Cruz island. Here you see the giant tortoises in the highlands, the Charles Darwin Centre and possibly another nearby island. After that, continue by speedboat to Isabela (about 2 hours).

There is great snorkelling here and you can climb Sierra Negra to get dramatic crater scenery and see lots of giant tortoises in their natural habitat. You return by boat to Santa Cruz for your flight back to Quito.

The Galapagos AND ...

Most people fly into and out of Quito when visiting the Galapagos Islands and depending on how much time you have, there is much to see and do within easy reach of Quito.

Definitely spend some time exploring the town, and perhaps head out to the Andean highlands for a day or two in a hacienda. If you are a wildlife lover, consider time in Ecuador’s Amazon rainforest before your cruise.

You can also easily combine the islands with time in Peru, so if you have always wanted to see Machu Picchu, maybe this is a good chance to do both.

As always, we are happy to advise on the best ways for you to get the most out of your time.

• Land or sea-based? There are pros and cons to both ways of seeing the islands: Yacht-based: See more islands; enjoy seeing wildlife in the high seas; sharing experiences with others; being at the landing sites at the best times.

Land-based: a tailor-made itinerary just for your party; your own guide; more flexibility; more walking; less chance for seasickness.

some lovely places to stay on land SANTA CRUZ

Finch Bay Hotel

SANTA CRUZ

Casa Natura

Albemarle

107

www.Tribes.co.uk

SANTA CRUZ

ISABELA

Luxury hotel in the highlands of Santa Cruz island, 30 minutes from the coast. Various styles of accommodation, all spacious and tastefully furnished. Lovely pool, tennis courts and health centre. A great place to relax.

Right on the beach, on a separate peninsula just a few minutes from Puerto Ayora by water taxi.

21 garden rooms and 6 new beautiful ocean view rooms. Lots of onsite activities or chill out by the super swimming pool. Good food and high eco rating.

Small charming hotel in walking distance to the Charles Darwin Research Station and the town’s main promenade. Finely decorated air conditioned ensuite rooms. A freshwater swimming pool, bar & breakfast area (complimentary breakfast offered).

Family run hotel directly on the white sand beach. Isabela is the largest of the Galapagos Islands but has a comparatively small population so is a quiet and relaxing place to stay. Wellequipped rooms with large ensuite bathrooms.

Magnificent frigatebird

• There was a pod of pilot whales around the boat performing for us one evening and the captain actually took the boat off course to see them close up.

• Where else in the world would you be stepping around iguanas and seabirds in the morning and then be swimming with sea lions and turtles in the afternoon, incredible!

• Galapagos are unique and in a real sense a paradise as the wildlife have no predators so they behave as if you are not there.

What an incredible treat!

Read more Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website.

Unforgettable Experiences

Royal Palm Hotel

Galapagos Islands

PERU The story of the Incas, Amazon wildlife, fascinating cultures, stunning scenery Peru is perhaps the most evocative of South American countries and an excellent holiday destination. Just hearing the name Peru conjures up images of ancient Inca temples, condors flying above high Andean mountains, diverse rainforests in the Amazon basin, Lake Titicaca on the altiplano, panpipes and of course... llamas.

However the really amazing thing about Peru is that for most people who manage to get to this extraordinarily diverse country, whatever their expectations, they are surpassed by the reality.

108

www.Tribes.co.uk

Itinerary suggestion Day 1

Arrive late in Lima. Overnight.

Day 2

Fly to Puerto Maldonado, then

travel to Sandoval Lake Lodge,

& stay for three nights.

Day 5 Depart for Puerto Maldonado,

fly to Cusco and transfer to

Sacred Valley.

Day 6 Tour of the Sacred Valley.

Day 7 Train to Machu Picchu. Guided

tour. Overnight in Aguas

Calientes.

Day 8 Free morning to explore

Peru highlights

• • • • • •

Machu Picchu, the ‘lost’ city of the Incas

Andean condors in the beautiful Colca Canyon

Andes to Puno on Lake Titicaca.

Stay on Amantani Island.

Day 12 Visit Taquile Island. Travel back

Health: There are no compulsory

GMT-5 hours.

if visiting the rainforest. Malaria

Language: Spanish and Quechua are

prophylactics are also recommended in

the official languages.

Gold museum. Transfer to

airport for flight home.

the rainforest.

Not required for British

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made

travellers (up to 90 days).

Best times to go

The above

The dry season is from about April to mid-October and this is the best time for most

itinerary is just

places within Peru. Note that the temperature in the rainforest can be up to 10°C

one example to help you get started.

higher than the mountains.

Mar

to Puno.

Day 13 Fly to Lima. Visit the famous

vaccinations, except yellow fever

Flight time: 14 hour flight plus stops.

Feb

nearby Inca sites.

Day 11 Boat trip visting Uros Island.

The mysterious Nazca Lines mapped onto the desert floor

Jan

back to Cusco.

Day 10 Scenic train journey through

Lake Titicaca with unique island communities and floating reed islands

Visas:

Hugely biodiverse rainforests of Manu and Tambopata Reserves

Time:

Machu Picchu. Afternoon train

Day 9 Morning tour of Cusco & the

The classic Inca Trail trek, and other excellent hikes

Key facts

Apr

Just tell us what you want and we will

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss

Min temp (in the Andes)

7

7

7

4

2

1

-1

1

4

6

6

7

22

21

21

21

21

22

22

23

22

Max temp (in the Andes)

20

109

21

21

www.Tribes.co.uk

your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

Peru

lima

CUSCO

Lima Cathedral

Plaza de Armas in Cusco

Lima is a sprawling city divided into districts.

The old colonial centre is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and has beautiful wooden balconies overlooking the busy streets.

Cusco is a city with a magical atmosphere.

EXPERIENCES IN CUSCO & SACRED VALLEY

Named Cusco by the Incas who arrived in

There is a myriad of exciting experiences which you can include in your holiday in the Cusco and the Sacred Valley region. These really will add to your overall insight to and enjoyment of your Peru adventure. Here are a few ideas:

the valley around 1100AD, the greatest Inca, Pachacuti, redesigned the city in the form of

Miraflores is the modern face of Lima, with

the Puma. The quality of Inca architecture is

stylish bars, restaurants and shops. Barranco

stunning and can still be seen today. However

is a lovely colonial area with a village feel to it

Cusco is a wonderful hybrid of colonial

and its very own Bridge of Sighs.

Spanish and Inca construction.

Most visitors arrive and depart from Lima and usually have some time in the city due to flight schedules. You may like to consider a short city tour and a visit to some of the interesting museums such as the Gold

This can be seen clearly in the Incan temple of the sun, Korikancha. The Spanish plundered the gold covering the walls and artefacts in the temple, but transformed the building into a huge church.

Many ceques (energy lines) are thought to

Museum.

emanate from this building, along which are found many other Inca shrines, even Machu Picchu. Closer to the town though are such sites as the temple and amphitheatre of Q’enko with its underground stone altar, and the water shrine of Tambomachay.

Another Inca site close to Cusco that is not to be missed is the ceremonial centre of Sacsayhuaman, whose giant boulders are placed to resemble a jaguar with an open mouth. This is where the annual Inti Raymi festival takes place in June.

One of the most important colonial buildings in Cusco is the 17th century cathedral, built on the site of the Inca palace of Viracocha.

Sacsayhuaman

110

www.Tribes.co.uk

• Hiking: This is a stunning area for hiking.

You do not have to do the Inca Trail to enjoy the fabulous scenery around here. Short walks to multi-day treks are available. See some of the options overleaf.

• Mountain biking: There is a great downhill biking path in the Sacred Valley. This can often include going via Moray and Maras.

Also lodges can usually offer shorter bike trips.

• Horse trekking: There are lots of options for horse trekking from a few hours in the Valley or perhaps around Cusco’s Inca ruins, to longer horse treks from 1-2 days or even longer adventures into the mountains.

• Whitewater rafting: There are half day and full day river rafting tours on the Urubamba River which winds through the Sacred Valley.

• Canoeing: How about a 1 day canoe trip on the Urubamba River in inflatable canoes?

It is fine for beginners, you have a picnic lunch, and you can enjoy the excitement of small rapids.

• Weaving tour: A tour to Patacancha village gives you a great chance to see traditional Andean lifestyles in a remote area of the Sacred Valley. Visit Andean homes where weaving is part of traditional life.

• Cooking: Take an afternoon culinary tour in Cusco. Visit a local market for ingredients then head to our chef’s home for a cooking lesson. You will learn how to make some typical Peruvian dishes and you can enjoy eating them at the end.

THE SACRED VALLEY OF THE INCAS

Chinchero Chinchero was an Inca site characterised by the huge niches on the wall facing the plaza.

It is now most famous for its Sunday market and its magnificantly restored colonial church which has over-the-top baroque decor.

Chinchero

Moray and Maras The pre-Inca site of Moray was an agricultural testing station. Its four deep, terraced, circular depressions enabled agriculturalists to mimic different climates.

The pre-Inca site of Maras is a salt mine and pans which are still worked to this day.

You can take a gorgeous three hour walk (or shorter bike ride!) from Moray to the Sacred At Pisac market

Valley via Maras.

The area between Pisac and Machu Picchu along the Urubamba River is known as The Sacred Valley of the Incas. It had symbolic importance for the Incas, as well as being the bread basket of the region. You will enjoy seeing rural Andean life, including the vibrant markets, as well as exploring the legacy of the Incas.

Starting a holiday in the Sacred Valley is a gentler way to acclimatise to the altitude than beginning in Cusco, which is much higher.

The journey from Cusco to the Sacred Valley has stunning scenery. Some of the places worth

Pisac

Ollantaytambo

This delightful little village is the highest

This wonderful town is one of the few places

in the Valley at 2920m. It is characterised

that still has the original Inca layout. The ruins

by the huge pisonay trees in the central

at Ollantaytambo are also very impressive.

square, which on the market days are all but

This was the only place where the Incas won a

hidden by hundreds of stalls. Traditional local

battle against the Conquistadores.

costume is still commonly worn here. There

Salt pans at Maras

• We loved the whole trip. Its not for those seeking a relaxed, lazy holiday. It is for those seeking the refreshment of the different and reminds us how lucky we are.

• Peru was full of interest, and sights which burned on the back of our eyeballs!

• I didn’t know why I have wanted to go to Peru for so many years. Now I’ve been, I do.

• Inkaterra Machu Picchu was the best hotel we stayed in on the entire trip. The room was big and airy, the ambience was great and the guided walks on the property were brilliant. The restaurant was outstanding and gave us the chance to eat cuy (guinea pig) without having the bone structure to contend with!

are also the impressive ruins above the town.

• We are extremely well-travelled people and this holiday was ‘head and shoulders’ above anything we’ve done so far.

Traditional costume at Pisac

111

www.Tribes.co.uk

Ollantaytambo

Unforgettable Experiences

visiting en route are the villages such as Chinchero and Moray.

Read reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Peru

MACHU PICCHU

The citadel of Machu Picchu Machu Picchu, the famous ‘lost city of the

Lodge to Lodge Treks

use of four community-owned lodges up in

Incas’, is one of the most evocative places

If you fancy trekking but don’t like the idea

the mountains, so you can do a great day’s

in Peru. It is perched on a mountain ridge

of camping, we have two excellent lodge-to-

trekking without having to spend the night

above the Urubamba River which winds

lodge treks to highly recommend to you.

in tents. Your luggage and anything we need

spectacularly through the valley below. The mountainside is clad in thick jungle cloud forest, often covered in mists which are quickly burnt off by the equatorial sun.

Luxury lodge trek to Machu Picchu: A 7-day tour (6 days trekking) through the Andes over Salcantay Pass and down through the cloudforest to Machu Picchu, enjoying a wide

Constructed from precisely sculpted granite

variety of scenery and climates, staying in

blocks carefully joined with the projecting

comfortable lodges in remote locations. After

exposed stone of the surrounding mountain,

a day’s hike, you can relax in the jacuzzi, enjoy

Machu Picchu may well be the finest

the beautiful landscape and treat yourself to

architectural achievement of the new world.

excellent meals.

Your guide will tell you the story of the rise and fall of the ancient civilisations of the Andes, the tragic end of the Incas, and the unresolved mystery that this ‘lost city’ remains.

with us, is transported by llamas and mules.

Ausangate lodge trek: This 5-day high altitude trek takes you through some of the world’s most stunning landscapes. It makes

MAKING THE MOST OF MACHU PICCHU • Staying overnight: We tend to recommend at least one overnight in Machu Picchu village. This allows you to have a guided tour on your first day, then arrive at Machu Picchu early the next morning (before the train passengers arrive) to savour the ruins more peacefully.

• The cloudforest: If you are overnighting and you fancy a treat, we highly recommend a night in Inkaterra Machu Picchu. It is a very good standard hotel, and it has a large area of gorgeous cloudforest which all guests can enjoy on nature walks.

They also have a spectacled bear project in their grounds. The aim is to reintroduce this once common, now critically-endangered, bear back to the Andes.

• Wayna Picchu: If you’d like to hike to the top of Wayna Picchu (the peak within Machu Picchu), you need to arrive early and queue, as they only let a limited number climb each day.

• Hike to the Inca drawbridge: For a different view on Machu Picchu there is a 40 minute return hike to the Inca drawbridge from the Caretaker’s hut. The narrow Inca path hugs the side of the mountains.

There always seems to be a llama!

112

www.Tribes.co.uk

A lodge on the Ausangate trek

THE INCA TRAIL

Porters on the Inca Trail (Tribes has a porter non-exploitation policy) “There is nothing quite like the feeling of smugness knowing that you have got to Machu Picchu the hard way, and the emotion felt on reaching the Sun Gate can only be experienced, as words will hardly describe it.”

The Inca Trail is one of the most famous treks in the world. It follows an ancient Inca

Trains to Machu Picchu

pathway between Cusco and the ‘lost city’ of Machu Picchu.

The train to Machu Picchu is about 3 hours

The trail was once fully paved and even today there are long paved stretches. Mainly

from/to Cusco. It goes via Ollyantaytambo in

due to the altitude, this is a moderately challenging trek, and it is a camping trek. You

the Sacred Valley which is half way to the ruins.

have porters to carry your gear, cook and put up tents, so all you need do is carry your

Once you arrive at Machu Picchu Village (was

daypack and concentrate on walking and enjoying the scenery. You will hopefully have

Aguas Calientes) there is a 20 minute zigzag

fabulous views of the surrounding Andean mountains and time to enjoy the cloudforest

bus ride to the ruins at the top of the hill.

flora.

Hiram Bingham train: This is a luxury day-trip

You pass various Inca sites on the way, such as Runkurukay, Llactapata and Winay Wayna.

train service from Cusco to Machu Picchu.

You arrive at Intipunku (the Sun Gate) on the last day of the four-day trek, and have a

Brunch, afternoon tea, dinner and a guided

guided tour of the stunning site of Machu Picchu.

tour of the ruins are included.

Vistadome train: A comfortable train with

There are 2, 4 and 5 day Inca Trail options available. We do not offer the classic Inca

a glass-domed roof so you can see the

Trail trek from January to March due to the environmental damage that this causes.

spectacular scenery. Snacks and drinks are

Permits for the trail need to be booked a long time in advance especially from June

served at your seat. It departs Cusco early in

to September.

the morning and returns mid-afternoon.

The Hiram Bingham train

113

www.Tribes.co.uk

Cloud forest path on the Inca Trail

You’re well looked after on your trek

Peru

THE AMAZON RAINFOREST

Macaws on the clay lick at Heath River Wildlife Centre

Manu Biosphere Reserve

Tambopata National Reserve

Manu Biosphere Reserve, east of Cusco,

The Tambopata National Reserve and

stretches down the forested slope of the

adjacent Bahuaja-Sonene National Park

Andes from about 4000m to lowland

protect habitats ranging from the Andean

rainforest at about 150m elevation.

highlands through some of the last remaining intact cloudforests to the lowland rainforests

The Reserve is a designated UNESCO World Heritage Site due to its incredible diversity

Emperor tamarins at Manu

of the Amazon.

of plants and wildlife. Manu protects more

Many species of flora and fauna are protected

species of animals and plants than any other

within this reserve, including over 1,300

park on Earth. It has 1000 species of birds, 200

bird species (32 parrot species) and 200

mammal species and 15,000 flowering plant

mammal species. The world’s largest known

species. There is the world’s largest known

mineral clay lick, where hundreds of parrots

tapir clay lick, a macaw and parrot clay lick,

and macaws congregate daily to ingest

oxbow lakes which are home to giant otters,

detoxifying clay, is also here. It is reached via

jaguars, plus 13 species of monkeys including the mustachioed emperor tamarin.

Cock-of-the-Rock

Puerto Maldonado.

There are also Amazonian tribes living within

MAKING THE MOST OF THE RAINFOREST

the reserve - some still uncontacted - so the

• Which reserve? Price tends to be a guiding factor here, as Manu is more expensive than Tambopata, with fewer lodges and visitors.

Choose Iquitos if you want to experience the Amazon from a luxury river boat.

park protects indigenous people, such as the Machiguenga, as well as wildlife and plantlife.

You can base yourself at a lodge for a few days, or take a more detailed look at the reserve with a longer lodge/tented camp trip.

Tapirs are regularly seen at Manu Wildlife Centre

• How long? You can have a short taste of the Amazon in Tambopata in a 3-day trip.

Manu takes more time and effort to get to and we recommend that 5 days would be the minimum here. In both cases, you can spend longer and stay in more than one lodge to experience more diversity. Iquitos cruises are between 4 and 8 days.

• A typical day at a jungle lodge: You will be led in small groups by an experienced naturalist guide. Rise early for a cup of tea.

Your morning activity might be a river trip or to see a claylick or hide. Back to the lodge for breakfast, then another activity (perhaps a canoe ride or birdwatching walk) before lunch. Your siesta over, you’ll enjoy late afternoon in the rainforest, a great time to spot wildlife. After your dinner there will be a night activity such as a walk or canoe ride.

Giant river otters at Sandoval Lake

114

www.Tribes.co.uk

arequipa & colca Canyon

Cloudforest clinging to the Andean slopes

Santa Catalina Convent

Andes to Amazon

Arequipa

To journey over land from the Andes to the

Arequipa, the White City, is an attractive, vibrant city at the foot of El Misti volcano in the Andes.

Amazon is an incredible experience. Y ou can

Enjoy the fine colonial architecture, soak up the atmosphere in the main square with its huge

do this in whatever time frame you like but

cathedral, or take walks in the gorgeous surrounding landscape, but certainly don’t miss the

we recommend a minimum of 6 days.

famous Santa Catalina. This is a large convent built in Hispanic colonial style, its walls painted

You will drive from Cusco down to the cloudforest. Stay a night at Cock of the Rock Lodge to see these amazing birds. Then continue by road or river down into the Amazon. One night in a rainforest lodge, then a river boat journey to Manu for 3 nights at Manu Wildlife Centre before flying back to Cusco. Or maybe continue on to Tambopata if you are up for a challenge!

Amazon cruises Another fabulous way to see the Peruvian

vivid colours throughout. You might also like to visit the museum to see Juanita, ‘the Ice Maiden’ mummy, whose well-preserved 500 year old remains were found nearby.

Colca Canyon About 4 hours drive away from Arequipa is the Colca Valley including the deepest canyon in the world which is more than 1km deep from cliff-edge to river-bottom. The Cruz del Condor is the most popular viewing point. If you come early in the morning there is a good chance you will be treated to the sight of huge Andean condors rising from the canyon on the morning thermals.

Residents of the valley’s 13 Andean villages still farm the pre-Inca terraces and the women wear very distinctive traditional hats, embroidered waistcoats and flowing skirts.

Typically travellers enjoy a 3 day trip to Colca from Arequipa, with 2 nights in a good lodge. You can take hikes in the amazing landscape, visit the Cruz del Condor, drive (or walk) through the valley to visit the villages, and maybe also relax in hot springs and watch the world go by.

Amazon is to take a cruise down the Amazon River from Iquitos in northern Peru. The luxury cruises are from 4-8 days long, and cater for between 24 and 32 passengers.

Cruising the Amazon from Iquitos

115

www.Tribes.co.uk

An impressively huge Andean condor in the impressively huge Colca Canyon

Peru

lake titicaca

MAKING THE MOST OF TITICACA • Andean Explorer train: This is a spectacular full day’s rail journey from Cusco to Puno (or v.v) on the shores of Lake Titicaca. From the glass-walled observation car watch the magnificent Andean scenery roll past, from dramatic mountains to high plains dotted with alpacas. Lunch and afternoon tea are included and there is a bar on board too.

• Altitude: Titicaca is at 3800m plus (higher than Cusco) so we don’t recommend coming here direct from Lima as the altitude will floor you very quickly!

• Kayaking: Titicaca is great place to kayak.

There are two main ways you can do this on the private Suasi Island (if you are staying at the ecolodge here) or also by taking a full day kayak tour perhaps to Taquile or to Llachon on the Capachica peninsula.

• Bolivia: It is sometimes possible to cross over to Bolivia via the lake if you want a quick peek at another country. Ask us for details about this.

A welcome party on the Uros floating islands Lake Titicaca is the highest navigable lake in the world (at almost 4000m) and it straddles the border between Peru and Bolivia. It is here that the Quechua traditions meet those of the Aymara.

Visitors tend to fly into Juliaca airport or come by train to Puno, the town on the lakeshore. Puno is not a great town, so we don’t particularly recommend a night here. However Titicaca has other very unique gems making it well worth the journey.

Uros & Taquile Islands

Amantani Island

The floating islands of Uros have been

Amantani is the home of about 800 Aymara

inhabited for many years by the Uros Indians

people who live by fishing, farming and

who constantly lay down totora reeds to keep

weaving. It takes about 4½ hours to get here

the islands built up. They also use the reeds

from Puno (often visiting the floating Uros

for building homes and boats. One of the 40

Islands on the way).

or so reed islands is kept as a kind of living

Homestays are available here, as some of the

museum to this traditional way of life.

families take turns to host guests. You will

Amantani with a thriving tradition of weaving and knitting. All the men knit hats! The people of Taquile speak Quechua as opposed to the Aymara which the Amanatani islanders speak.

be assigned a family on arrival. Guest rooms are usually comfortable but basic, and meals homely and simple.

Whilst here you can hike (perhaps up to Inca ruins), or wander in the village. In the evening guests are often invited to a village dance.

Spinning and weaving is a way of life on Amantani

• All our guides were prompt, exceptionally knowledgeable and informative. We enjoyed their enthusiasm about their particular specialism or geographical area.

• (About an Amantani homestay). Their hospitality was something we will never forget and we will remember them with affection and gratitude for their kindness • The stay on the island on Titicaca was fantastic, even life-changing.

Totora reed boats - a tradition kept alive by a new use for tourism

116

www.Tribes.co.uk

Read more Reviews written by clients on our website at www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

Taquile Island is more prosperous than

The north

nazca

Pre-Inca art and artefacts are stunning

A hummingbird etched into the desert floor

Chiclayo, Trujillo and Kuelap

In Peru’s southern desert is one of the world’s greatest enigmas - the Nazca Lines. Etched

If your interest lies in the history of the pre-Inca civilisations, a trip north is a must. Near

into the desert floor are mysterious designs

Chiclayo is the Moche tomb of the Lord of Sipan, possibly the richest burial site in the western

and drawings.

hemisphere. This warrior priest was buried with gold and silver objects, jewels, ceramics and carved wood, some of which can be seen at Lambayeque museum.

Whilst this is an incredible site to visit, Tribes is currently not selling trips to Nazca. Sadly

At Trujillo you can visit the incredible Moche temples of the Sun and Moon and the vast, 500 year old, mud-built city of Chan Chan - the capital of the Chimu kingdom which fell to the Incas.

the safety record of the light planes used to enable visitors to see the Lines is simply not

The fortress of Kuelap is one of the most outstanding archaeological remains of the little-known

acceptable. As soon as this situation improves

Chachapoyas culture. Massive exterior stone walls up to 20 metres high contain more than four

sufficiently, we will be very happy to start

hundred buildings and round houses, many adorned with zig zag patterns. The whole site is

recommending this experience once again.

roughly 600 by 110 meters and it is thought to have been occupied from 600 AD until the late

Let’s hope they get this sorted out very soon!

1500s AD.

some lovely places to stay

Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website: www.tribes.co.uk

The central courtyard at Hotel Monasterio

Casa Andina Classic / Private

117

www.Tribes.co.uk

This chain of hotels can be found all over Peru. All are in pretty good locations, and have local character.

Although each is individually decorated they share similar features using regional local textiles, crafts and objets d’art to create a good atmosphere.

Hotel Monasterio

CUSCO

Classic hotels are the standard range, and are comfortable and good value, without skimping on services.

Private Collection are more upmarket. Gourmet restaurants, and surroundings and architecture that are quintessential to the region.

La Casona

CUSCO

This former monastery and national monument dates back to 1592.

Run by Orient Express, there are 126 luxurious rooms furnished in a mix of modern & Spanish colonial. Some are oxygen-enriched to help with altitude sickness. Award-winning food.

An exclusive and private boutique hotel situated in a quiet oasis close to the main square. Eleven beautifully appointed rooms surrounding a lovely courtyard in this restored colonial manor house. Butler and concierge services are offered.

Peru

Picoaga Hotel

CUSCO

Sol y Luna

SACRED VALLEY

Rio Sagrado

SACRED VALLEY

Pakaritampu

SACRED VALLEY

Mountain Lodges

SALKANTAY

High quality stone cottages set in peaceful gardens near Urubamba.

A great base for exploring the Sacred Valley, and good on-site facilities too.

With its own stables, horse riding is offered, plus spa & gym. And they serve excellent pisco sours!

Sandoval Lake Lodge TAMBOPATA

Inside the Tambopata National Reserve, this 25-room rainforest lodge overlooks a lovely palmfringed lake. You may see 6 species of monkey, giant river otters, agouti, sloths, black caimans, harpy eagle and hundreds of red-billed macaws.

Relax and acclimatise in this super hotel on the edge of the Urubamba River. Built using natural materials, there is a choice of rooms, suites or villas, all elegantly designed. Great views and delicious food. Treat yourself to a pampering in their spa.

Tambopata Research Centre

Remote lodge in a fabulous location home to many endangered species.

500m from, reputedly, the world’s largest macaw lick. 18 rooms offer a simple but comfortable stay. Built out of native materials, there is no electricity. Good guiding.

Reserva Amazonica

On the banks of the river in the heart of a private conservation area 30 thatched cottages combine local materials with modern amenities.

A tree canopy bridge allows you to walk for more than a ¼ of a mile, 103 feet off the ground.

Explore the Inca town and ruins of Ollantaytambo from this pretty hotel. Comfortable spacious rooms and well-appointed bathrooms.

Beautiful landscaped gardens, and close to the train station which can take you to Machu Picchu.

Four luxury lodges built using local materials in spectacular positions.

As an alternative to camping on the Inca Trail, this 6-day trek on the Salkantay route offers warm and cozy accommodation (and a jacuzzi!) at the end of every day.

CLOUDFOREST

TAMBOPATA

Posada del Inca

AREQUIPA

Suasi Island

Inkaterra Machu Picchu

Luxury in the cloudforest on the edge of Machu Picchu town. A selection of spacious rooms, suites and villas full of Andean ambience.

Explore the hotel’s own area of protected cloudforest. Staff meet you from the train. Family friendly.

Amantani Homestay

El Mapi

Modern and stylish hotel with contemory minimalist decor. Right in the centre of town, just a short walk from the bus stop to Machu Picchu. There are 48 light and unpretentious rooms. A good mid range option.

Titilaka Hotel

This is one of the very best places to experience Amazon wildlife, with a macaw clay lick, oxbow lakes with giant otters, and a tapir clay lick.

There is an extensive network of trails through a variety of habitats, and an impressive bird list.

Colca Lodge

MACHU PICCHU

MACHU PICCHU

Manu Wildlife Centre

118

Cock of the Rock

Modern luxury in a superb location with all the facilites you would expect from a high quality hotel. 46 spacious and sophisticated rooms plus 14 suites. Particularly fine food and you can even get a personalised cooking lesson with the chef!

Sumaq

www.Tribes.co.uk

MANU

Set in cloudforest bordering the Manu Reserve, the lodge has 10 rustic bungalows. Nearby see the male Andean cock-of-the-rock present his elaborate mating display. You may also see quetzals, spectacled bears and toucans.

Very close to Cusco’s main plaza, Picoaga has 72 rooms but it is the rooms in the original colonial style part of the building which are the most beautiful. Rooftop views of the city from the restaurant. Watch the sunset from the bar.

LAKE TITICACA

LAKE TITICACA

LAKE TITICACA

COLCA CANYON

Overlooking the main square, next to the cathedral, this 58room hotel is a good mid-range option in Arequipa.The restaurant serves traditional Arequipan and international dishes. There is a rooftop terrace with a plunge pool.

Staying on the private island of Suasi is a truly relaxing experience.

Hike to Itapilluni Hill to contemplate colourful high-altitude sunsets, canoe around the island, go on quiet nature walks, or have a massage or steam sauna with eucalyptus leaves.

A chance to be a part of the traditional island life. Stay with a local family on the beautiful, remote Amantani Island. Guest rooms are basic but charming and meals homely and simple. Most find the experience an unforgettable highlight.

Located on a private peninusla, Titilaka is an exclusive getaway.

The 18 luxury contemporary rooms all have views of the lake. Private excursions & activities are all part of the experience as is the tasty Andean food, paired with local wine.

Come here to relax and enjoy the thermal springs, said to have medicinal properties. It’s nestled in the heart of the Colca Valley, surrounded by pre-inca agricultural terraces. This eco-spa is the place to stay whilst visiting Colca Canyon.

INDIA

Stimulation for all your senses, passions and interests India is a vast country with a unique cultural heritage and a great deal of variety. The architecture is exquisite whether you are looking at great Moghul masterpieces like the Taj Mahal, lavishly carved and decorated temples, or colonial and modern buildings in the cities.

The scenery is stunning from the mountain peaks of the Himalayas through the deserts of Rajasthan, the spice gardens and tea plantation of the Western Ghats, to the backwaters, palm groves and beaches of the South.

There is also very good wildlife viewing in top class national parks, giving you the chance to see tigers and other big cats, rhinos, antelopes, monkeys and a brilliant array of birds.

But above anything else India is renowned for stimulating the senses through colour and vibrancy, the smells and tastes of wonderful food and the relentless bustle of a myriad of people.

The following pages are just a small taste of what India has to offer.

Tribes can arrange an itinerary for you in any part of this vast country.

119

www.Tribes.co.uk

Photographed by Jeff Webster on his trip with us to the central Indian wildlife parks

India

INDIA Itinerary suggestion Day 1 Arrive Delhi. Transfer to your hotel.

Day 2 Full day tour of Old and New

Delhi.

Day 3: Take the morning train

to Agra. Visit the Red Fort

and Taj Mahal at sunset.

Day 4: Drive to Bharatpur, visiting

Fatehpur Sikri en route.

Afternoon train to Ranthambhore.

Day 5: Morning & afternoon game

drives in Ranthambhore.

Day 6: Morning game drive. Drive

to Jaipur in the afternoon.

Day 7: Full day tour of Jaipur inc.

visit to Amber Fort.

Day 8: Drive to Samode in the

afternoon. Stay two nights.

Day 10: Morning free in Samode.

Drive to Delhi.

Day 12: Transfer to airport.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made The above itinerary is just one example to help you get started.

Just tell us what you want and we will arrange everything to fit your wishes or

India highlights

•

Rich cultural heritage including breathtaking masterpieces such as the Taj

Mahal, Moghul palaces and Rajput forts

• • • • • •

Tigers and lots of other wildlife in the many national parks Hikes and treks in the Himalayas Excellent beaches and backwaters of the south Great curries!

Exquisite retreats with rejuvenating therapies Palatial heritage hotels

Key facts Time:

GMT+5½ hours

Hindi, but English is very widely spoken

Flights:

Flight time from London

and used for official and commercial

to Delhi is 12 hours 30 minutes and to

purposes.

Mumbai is 9 hours.

Visas:

Required for British citizens.

Language: The official language is

Health:

No compulsory vaccinations.

Best times to go

Broadly speaking October to March tend to be the most pleasant months over much of the country. The chart below is for the Rajasthan region.

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

9

14

20

26

28

27

26

24

31

36

41

39

36

34

Oct

Nov

Dec

24

18

11

8

34

34

29

23

suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

120

www.Tribes.co.uk

Min temp

7 Max temp

21

Jaipur

THE GOLDEN TRIANGLE

Jaipur is also popularly known as the Pink City.

It is the capital of Rajasthan state and has a vibrant and colourful atmosphere.

The historic walled city in its centre is laid out with broad central streets, further divided by networks of gridded streets and alleyways which is a fairly modern layout for a city built in 1727. The Palace quarter encloses a large palace complex, now a museum, and this district also contains Sawai Jai Singh’s observatory Jantar Mantar and the beautiful Hawa Mahal or Palace of Winds. Jaipur also serves as a base for visiting Amber Fort which is just half an hour’s drive away.

After you’ve seen the sites, Jaipur is perfect for shopping if you are interested in arts and craft, textiles or jewellery. And there are some

Delhi

Agra

Delhi is India’s vibrant capital city and has

The Taj Mahal is Agra’s most famous landmark

from havelis – the traditional palatial town

been rebuilt many times. The seventh and

and stands as a monument of the rich cultural

houses of the wealthy and ruling classes.

most recent incarnation of Delhi is New Delhi,

heritage left by the Mughal Empire. It is the

built by the British during the days of Empire.

one thing that everyone who travels to India

It has numerous fine colonial structures laid

wants to see and it doesn’t disappoint. There

out according to the master plans of the great

are some other great sites in Agra such as the

colonial architect Lutyens.

Agra Fort, but they can not compete with this

Old Delhi, which seems to merge with New

awe-inspiring masterpiece.

Delhi, was built by the Mughals and contains

The light reflecting off the Taj Mahal differs

many interesting sights from the Islamic era,

through the day so it is good to see it a

as well as the impressive Qutb Minar Complex

couple of times - perhaps at dawn and sunset.

dating from the 12th century. There is also a bustling warren of shops and alleys.

Agra is easily reachable from Delhi and Jaipur.

excellent heritage hotels here many converted

• India needs people with open minds. Open yours and go.

• We loved the overall friendliness of everyone we met and came in contact with who just wanted to make our trip more interesting and informative.

• The very high level of efficiency shown in the planning and preparation stages and throughout our 4 week trip greatly impressed us. Not one slip up!

Unforgettable Experiences

The Taj Mahal one of the world’s most iconic monuments

Read reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR TRIP • The Golden Triangle: The route that goes from Delhi to Agra and Jaipur and back to Delhi is often refered to as The Golden Triangle. It takes in the country’s capital, India’s most famous icon, the Taj Mahal, and one of Rajasthan’s historic cities, Jaipur.

This trip typically takes about a week, then you can add on as much as your time and interests allow, and can vary the accommodation style to fit your budget.

• Fatehpur Sikri: The Mughal Emperor Akbar built Fatehpur Sikri as his capital, but it was only occupied for 14 years and then lay abandoned for 400! It really is an amazing example of the architecture of its time. It is between Agra and Jaipur, very close to Bharatpur bird sanctuary.

• Accommodation: You have a huge amount of choice of clean, comfortable places to stay here. We can recommend anything from a simple homestay to a luxurious heritage palace hotel.

The Mosque in Old Delhi

121

www.Tribes.co.uk

Jaipur, the pink city

India

RAJASTHAN

Visit the original eco-warrior tribe - the Bishnoi Rajasthan is a huge state with Jaipur as its capital, which is in the far west of the region. It is known for its diverse tribal cultures, the heritage of the rajas (royal families), colourful fabrics and numerous temples and forts. The landscape is mainly arid including the huge Thar desert though there are greener regions such as the Aravali Hills and Chambal River valley.

The incredible Jaisalmer fort

Jaisalmer It is a long way from anywhere, but it is worth every moment it takes to get to Jaisalmer. This is a 12th century fortified desert city and the main fort, which is perched on a hill in the centre, has been continuously occupied and is still home to over a thousand people. The fort is like a city within a city - it has narrow cobbled alleyways which wind between houses, palaces and temples. Several of these Jain temples are open to

Jodhpur As Rajasthan’s second city, Jodhpur is a bustling town. The centre has

The whole fort is built of sandstone which seams to radiate orange light as the sun goes down.

brilliant market alleyways full of spices, textiles, art and, of course,

Outside the fort there are still more paved streets lined with ornately

crowds.

carved havelis. These ancient buildings, like the ones pictured above,

The towering Meherangarh Fort is of classic Rajasthani architecture and one of the best forts to visit. It holds a commanding view over the city, looking down from its clifftop over the blue-washed Brahmin houses.

You can take some interesting village tours from Jodhpur out to the rural communities of the Bishnoi tribes.

Jodhpur, the blue city

122

visitors and are fascinating buildings, with lots of carvings and sculptures.

www.Tribes.co.uk

are the old merchants’ mansions and they stand testament to the importance this desert city held on the traditional trading routes.

It is worth spending a couple of days here, not just to explore the city, but also to get out into the Thar Desert to the nearby temples and royal memorials and of course to enjoy the dunes, the desert landscapes and the magical sunsets.

Jaisalmer, the desert city (and its sacred lake)

Samode Palace, a fabulous place to stay

Udaipur Udaipur is an enchantingly beautiful city, with its white marble palaces reflected in the waters of Lake Pichola and surrounded by the green Aravalli hills of Southern Rajasthan.

The City Palace is the biggest palace in Rajasthan and famous for its fine workmanship. To get the best views of the palace, you can take a boat tour on Lake Pichola at sunset.

The old town surrounding the palace is full of fascinating havelis and beautifully sculpted temples as well as many great shops.

MAKING THE MOST OF RAJASTHAN • Good vehicle, good brakes and good luck: This is what the locals say you need for an excellent tour of Rajasthan! Our clients on tailor made trips are given a good quality private vehicle and driver. You can stop when and where you want on the way so this gives you great flexibility. Actually much of the charm and interest in Rajasthan is found in the tiny villages that you pass by, and possibly never even know the name of.

• Other places to visit: Pushkar: Between Jaipur and Jodhpur, Pushkar is one of the holiest cities in India, and is also known for its annual camel fair.

Ranakpur: Between Jodhpur and Udaipur, the Jain temples of Ranakpur are the best in Rajasthan.

Kumbhalgarh: Close to Ranakpur, this fort is said to have the second longest walls in the world!

Bundi: A beautiful small town (like Jodhpur but on a smaller scale) which is not on the tourist route but makes for a great place to explore untouched Rajasthan.

Chittorgarh: One of Rajasthan’s most famous forts, a couple of hours from Udaipur.

• Village visits: Many of the places you will stay are heritage hotels in small towns and villages. Each village has its own character and this makes for great experiences when you explore with guides from the local community.

Near Jodhpur is the tribal community of the Bishoi, famed for living in harmony with nature.

Temple flower seller in Udaipur

123

www.Tribes.co.uk

• The Rajas: Don’t be surprised if, when staying in a heritage hotel, you find yourself taking tea with a member of the local ‘royal’ family!

Forts & Palaces One of the great experiences of travelling in India is the opportunity to stay in heritage properties. There are lots of forts and palaces that are now operating as hotels. They are the equivalent of our stately homes - originally owned by local royal families and dignitaries.

Many of them are still family owned and run, and the new stream of income from tourism has funded the preservation and restoration of this rich cultural heritage. Some are huge palaces with lavish decor, whilst others have just a few rooms for guests and are more like homestays on an aristocratic scale in an ancestral home.

• Our guides were excellent - friendly, knowledgeable, and couldn’t do enough for us, but were not in the least bit ‘pushy’.

Our driver was really competent and amazed us with his driving skills in the hectic driving conditions of India.

• We were well looked after, but there was a good degree of flexibility to accommodate our individual needs. We both have many treasured memories of our holiday experience - thank you!

Unforgettable Experiences

Udaipur, the white city

Read reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

India

KHAJuraho & VARAnasi

The bathing ghats at Varanasi

the himalayas

Head for the hills for some great trekking country

Khajuraho

Shimla

The ‘erotic’ temples of Khajuraho are a World Heritage Site, famed for

During the time of the Raj the British liked to get to the villages up in

their intricate sculptures - some of which show some rather bizarre

the hills out of the summer heat. Shimla was one such ‘hill station’ and

sexual scenes. Its location in Madhya Pradesh fits well en route to

became the summer capital. You can see why this place was chosen. It

Varanasi or to the Central Indian tiger parks (see page 124/5).

is in a really beautiful landscape of forest-clad mountains not so high as to suffer from the altitude but high enough to have a pleasant climate.

Varanasi This is India’s most holy city. It is up in the north in Uttar Pradesh and is built along the banks of the sacred River Ganges. It is one of the greatest pilgrimage sites for Hindus who come to bathe in the waters,

You can get here by road, air or train from Delhi and there is a narrow gauge railway for part of the journey if you chose to take it. Spend a few days here to relax and unwind after a busy itinerary of sightseeing.

to pray, to meditate and even to die and have their ashes cast in the

Ladakh & the Spit Valley

holy waters.

This is a remote part of the Himalayas, further north and much higher

There are numerous temples and sites to see but it is the scene at the water’s edge that really leaves a lasting impression. It is particularly evocative and atmospheric at dawn when you can take a boat ride along the ghats (steps down to the river) and see people bathing, praying and making offerings, the funeral pyres burning and the dhobi wallahs doing the laundry - all within yards of each other.

Sarnath is just a few miles from Varanasi and is one of the most important Buddhist sites. It has ancient and modern temples, and the museum houses the Lion Capitol which is the symbol of modern India.

than Shimla. There is very little rainfall here and the mountains are dry and dusty giving the landscape a mystical charm of its own.

The attraction is the opportunity to do some trekking in this remote wilderness and to encounter a very different culture, more similar to Tibet than to the rest of Northern India. There are lots of monasteries in the area and you may find this a spiritually enlightening place.

Amristar Northwest of Delhi, Amritsar is famed for the Golden Temple, the most important temple of the Sikh religion. It is a spectacular temple and a fascinating place to learn about Sikh beliefs and their way of life.

Train Journeys in India Overnight sleeper train is often the best way to get around India. Tribes always aims to book the highest class of berth available (usually first class air-conditioned). Even in first class, we can not promise that this is the most comfortable night’s sleep you will ever experience, but it certainly does give you a great insight into modern India.

124

www.Tribes.co.uk

The Golden Temple of Amritsar

INDIAN wildlife

Ranthambhore adds wildlife interest to a cultural trip in Rajasthan

Indian Wildlife When it comes to safaris and wildlife watching in India, the jewel in the crown has to be seeing the Royal Bengal tiger in its natural habitat. But there is far more to see than just tigers! Leopards are also frequently seen, as are jackals and wild dogs. Even the lion, whose domain is perceived to be Africa, has a cousin in India - the last remaining Asiatic lions can be seen at Sasan Gir

Samba deer are seen in most of the parks

National Park in Gujarat. There are wild elephants, antelopes, bears, crocodiles, one-horned

Chambal Sanctuary

rhinos and Gangetic dolphins, and of course there is an abundance of brilliant birdlife.

Much of the length of the Chambal River is lined with mud cliffs providing shelter for a

Corbett National Park The first national park in India, it was founded by Jim Corbett, a tiger hunter turned conservationist.

It is about 250km north of Delhi spread across 520 km2 of Himalayan foothills covered by deciduous woodland and giant sal forest. Walking safaris are possible in the forests on the periphery of the park. Corbett is best known for tigers, but they are very elusive, and a sighting is a rare bonus.

rich variety of wildlife. A short drive from Agra, Chambal National Sanctuary is one of the last surviving refuges for the critically endangered gharial (long-nosed crocodiles). The Chambal River is also one of the best places in India to see the rare Gangetic river dolphin, which only breeds in exceptional clear rivers. The

Ranthambhore National Park

banks of the river are home to many resident

One of India’s most famous national parks. It is in the east of Rajasthan making it the most

and migratory birds, and there are 8 species

accessible of the tiger parks so it fits in well with a broader itinerary. There are remnants of an

of turtle and the marsh mugger crocodiles.

old fort dotted throughout the park which give it a lot of character. It is predominantly dry deciduous forest with a number of permanent lakes. Tigers here are very accustomed to vehicles which makes it possible to get close without disturbing them. They are frequently seen although sometimes the sighting is a fleeting glance as they cross the road in front of your vehicle.

Sloth bears are regularly seen and there are plenty of deer and antelope. There are some very large crocodiles in the lakes, several leopards (although they are rarely seen), and there is no shortage of langur monkeys.

Keoladeo Ghana National Park Also known as Bharatpur Bird Sanctuary, this park is the largest and possibly the best heronry in the world. This sanctuary is a World Heritage Site. The lakes, marshes, woodland and scrub are a nesting place for over 375 bird species some of which are migrants from Siberia, Central Asia and Europe. It is the destination of the rare Siberian cranes and the Sarus crane, the only resident crane. The park is also home to numerous reptiles and mammals. It is very close to Fatehpur Sikri and fits in well with a trip to see the Taj Mahal, Jaipur and Delhi.

125

www.Tribes.co.uk

BEST TIMES FOR WILDLIFE June to mid-Oct: Monsoon season. Almost all of the parks are closed at this time. It is not a good wildlife viewing time.

Mid-Oct to Jan/Feb: The rains have stopped and the vegetation is lush. This makes wildlife harder to spot than at other times, though you can still get good sightings. Dec-Jan in particular can be very cold in the mornings.

Feb to mid-April: Prime wildilfe viewing time.

The vegetation is now dying down, and since there is less water around animals are drawn to waterholes, so easier to spot.

Late April to May: Whilst these months can be great for wildlife, they are far too hot for most people to consider.

India

Bandhavgarh National Park One of India’s hidden natural treasures, it is remote, but definitely worth the long journey to Madhya Pradesh in central India. The park is set around a table top hill that was once used as a fort and still has an active temple on its summit. There are areas of sal forest and of dry deciduous forest. There are also plenty of grassland plains and water sources adding to, and supporting, the diverse ecosystems. There is a good chance of seeing tigers here as well as a diverse range of India’s mammals and birds. Some people rate this park as the best over and above Kanha. We think you need to see them both as they offer different habitats and some different species. If you put Bandhavgarh and Kanha together then you have the perfect wildlife trip – especially for tiger spotting.

Kanha National Park Kanha National Park is in the heart of central India in Madhya Pradesh and is one of the largest tiger reserves in the world. Along with Bandhavgarh it is one of the best places to see tigers.

The vegetation is chiefly made up of sal forest, along with some bamboo forests and grasslands. The sal forest is dense, vibrant and exceptionally beautiful. Since it became a National Park in the 1950s animal numbers have recovered dramatically, and the park has expanded its protective buffer zone.

There are about 22 species of mammals which include tiger, leopard, hyena, wolf, jackal, fox, gaur (Indian bison), sambar deer, chital (spotted deer), nilgai (blue bull), sloth bear, wild boar, langur monkeys, and the barasingha (swamp deer) which has been rescued from near extinction. Kanha is also a fantastic location for birding with over 200 species recorded in the park.

The animal density and diversity, the stunning scenery, and a very good chance of seeing a tiger make Kanha our top recommendation, especially if you are only going to see one park in India.

Pench National Park Pench is one of the lesser known national parks compared with Kanha and Bandhavgarh but has recently become more popular. It is predominantly teak and sal forest. Tiger and other wildlife sightings are good and it is also a good birding destination. It is conveniently en route from Nagpur to Kanha.

Satpura National Park Satpura National Park remains one of the quietest national parks in central India currently. The unique aspect of this park is that the park authorities encourage walking safaris within the core area of Satpura.

Walking through the forest gives a very different experience from the game drives that are common elsewhere in the region, with a much more intimate experience of the flora and fauna.

Satpura is a Tiger Reserve, though tigers are not commonly seen within the park. Sloth bears are often seen here, and this is also a good place for seeing leopards, wild dogs and jackals. The birding in the national park and the surrounding area is also excellent.

Tourism can help protect tigers

Tigers There are less than 1300 tigers left in India.

Responsible tiger tourism offers hope for their survival.

• Whilst there are a few reserves where tigers can be seen, your best chance of seeing a tiger tends to be in Kanha or Bandhavgarh.

• Even though most Indian wildlife safaris have a strong focus on tigers, you still have to work at finding them. When you do find them, it might not be a private experience, but it will be magical.

• The so-called ‘Tiger Show’ is common in Kanha and Bandhavgarh. The scouts find a tiger, then visitors with a ticket get a chance to see the tiger from elephant-back. It’s only a short experience of about 10-15 minutes, but it is certainly a good way to get close to these magnificent creatures.

• You can potentially spot tigers at any time of year, but the best months are February to early April as it gets hotter and drier.

Spotting tigers on elephant-back is one of the wildlife highlights of the Indian parks

Wayanad Wildlife Sanctuary

Kaziranga National Park

Wayanad is a sanctuary in Kerala. It is part of the Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve and is home to Indian

Kaziranga is remote; situated way up in the

bison, elephant, deer, some excellent birdlife. Even tigers have been spotted here. It is part of

north east of India in Assam state. It is one of

the Protect Elephant project. The wildlife here enjoys the lush green forests of the Wayanad

the last undisturbed areas in Eastern India and

plateau with its moist deciduous teak forests and some semi-evergreen trees.

has been recognised as a World Heritage Site.

The park covers an area of about 430 kms² on

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR SAFARI

the banks of the Brahmaputra and is largely

• Jeep safaris: Most wildlife safaris in India are by shared jeep carrying up to 6 people. Game drives are typically twice a day (early morning and late afternoon) as this is when the wildlife is most active.

swamps and tall thickets of elephant grass.

• Walking safaris: Walking safaris are possible in India though this is a relatively new activity here and only available in limited places. We would recommend this though, as it is a fantastic way to get close to nature and wildlife.

one-horned rhino and it supports the largest

• Terrain: Indian safaris are mostly in jungle, so the terrain can be quite dense and bushy. You have to work at wildlife viewing here, but the rewards are worth it.

number of rhinos in the subcontinent. There is also a good variety of other Indian wildlife and the grassland is excellent raptor country. Lots of migratory birds descend on the park’s lakes and marshy areas during winter.

• Kanha National Park is our favourite in every way, the scenery, animals, peaceful atmosphere. We loved it.

• Brilliant, made all the better by the fact we saw THREE tigers and one female we trailed for 20 minutes and she was only feet away. Just fantastic.

• Tigers (the main focus of our trip) were not that easy to see but all in we did get glimpses of 9 - and when I say glimpses some were just a rustle in the grass. Nonpredator wildlife was there in abundance though and the birdlife was stunning.

• Our tiger experience was something that will stay with us for the rest of our lives. It is so great that these beautiful animals are receiving some protection.

• Read reviews, feedback and Unforgettable Experiences by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

127

www.Tribes.co.uk A Gypsy, the local 4x4 used for game drives

Unforgettable Experiences

• Elephant safaris: Whilst you can take a short elephant-back safari on one of the ‘tiger shows’, the best place for general wildlife viewing by elephant is Nepal.

This makes it the ideal habitat for the Indian

India

the south

A night on a house boat is a great way to experience the backwaters of Kerala

Kerala Kerala is a long, thin state lying between the mountains of the Western Ghats and the beaches of the Arabian Sea. It is one of the main destinations in southern India which is almost like a different country from the north.

It is a lush green state largely due to the huge rainfall that comes with the monsoon each year from June to September. The coastal area is dominated by coconut palms whilst further inland the hills are clad in tea plantations and spice gardens. Spices have been key to Kerala’s importance on the main trade routes between Europe and China. The Portuguese, Dutch and British have all played a role in shaping the region as it is today but the state has retained its own unique culture.

The cuisine is great, based on seafood, coconuts, fresh vegetables and the local spices. Rice is more common here than in the north and there is no shortage of wonderful fruits.

Life is very relaxed down here and things tend to move at a slow pace. It is a place to spend some time in the rural areas, the farms and plantations around Munnar, the wildlife reserve of Wayanad, the backwaters just south of Kochi, perhaps a few days at an Ayurvedic spa and of

Kathakali dancing is a traditional art in Kerala

course you will want to spend some time relaxing on the beaches.

The Backwaters The large area of waterways between Kochi and Kollam are known as the backwaters. This is a huge network of lakes, rivers and canals that weave between the coconut palms and rice paddies.

To really appreciate the rural life in this area you need to take a boat trip down these waterways.

This can be a day trip but it is also really relaxing to stay overnight on one of the house boats which have been converted from traditional rice boats.

You can also stay at one of several resorts on the shores of the lake around Kumarakom or at the exclusive homestay of Philip Kutty’s Farm.

Little-known Kerala The area of Kerala north of Kochi (Cochin) is little-visited by tourists. It is however rich in cultural traditions and offers an opportunity to get involved with local communities and learn about their strong musical and crafts heritage. You can stay in interesting homestays and heritage properties, visiting different small communities, taking river trips or spice tours, or chilling out on Kannur beach.

Wayanad National Park is also in this region (see previous page).

128

www.Tribes.co.uk

Tea plantations at Munnar

Goa Goa is a small coastal state about half way between Mumbai and Kerala. It has beautiful beaches and a laid back atmosphere. It is a good place for relaxation and also excellent cuisine - great prawns and it is the home of the vindaloo!

Tamil Nadu This southernmost Indian state is the place to go to see a wide range of exquisite and intricate temple architecture. There are also hill stations such as Ooty, Cape Comorin, the former French colony of Pondicherry and the metropolis of Chennai (Madras).

Madurai In the centre of this busy modern city is one Kochi (Cochin)

of India’s most famous temple complexes.

A good starting point for a trip in South

The Minakshi Temple dates from the 16th

India. Kochi is divided into three parts, the

century and is a riot of colour. The enormous

long promontory of Fort Cochin on the

temple towers known as gopurams are

seaward side of the bay, the modern city of

smothered in painted intricate carvings and

Ernakulam on the opposite shore of the bay,

the rest of the complex is equally impressive.

and Willingdon Island in-between which is

It is an active pilgrimage site with hundreds of

where many hotels are located. F ort Cochin

people visiting daily.

has historic sights like the Portuguese-built Mattancherry Palace, Jewish synagogues and St Francis Church. The entrance to the bay at the tip of Fort Cochin is also lined with Cochin’s landmark Chinese fishing nets.

Tiruchirappalli (Trichy for short!)

Another of the must-see temple towns in Tamil Nadu, Trichy has a rock-hewn fort on a hill in the centre of town with a small temple on the top. Just outside the town is

You can take a sunset boat tour around the

the Srirangam temple complex which rivals

sights of the waterfront and nearby villages,

Madurai for its colour, huge gopurams and

and this is also the best place in Kerala to

thousand-pillared hall.

watch a Kathakali dance performance.

Kovalam Accessed from Trivandrum, Kovalam is probably the best beach area in southern India. There are several bays in a row here, with palm-fringed sandy beaches separated by a few rocky promontories. The area has been developed quite a lot over the past couple of decades and there are now some excellent hotels and resorts.

Ornate highly painted towers are a feature of southern Indian temples

129

www.Tribes.co.uk

Relax by the beach at Neeleshwar Hermitage

India

MUMBAI

spas

MAKING THE MOST OF YOUR HOLIDAY • Monsoon season: After a month of intense heat in May, the monsoon starts in the south at the start of June. It reaches the Himalayas by the end of June, and usually peters out during September. You can travel at this time, but you should expect hot humid weather with daily heavy rainfall.

Travel can be hard and the parks are closed.

• Festivals: India has a myriad of festivals throughout the year. Some are small and local, others affect the whole country.

Two main festivals to note are: Diwali: Late October/early November.

It is the biggest festival of the year with festivities lasting for several weeks around the specific day of Diwali (meaning festival of light). This is a great time to come here.

Holi: This is usually in early March. It is a Hindu spring festival marked by people throwing coloured powder and water over each other! This is a chaotic time to travel to India, and many sites close on this day.

The Gateway of India India is well known for its spiritual and holistic

Mumbai (also known as Bombay), on the west

approach to physical wellbeing. So there is

coast, is one of the world’s largest cities. There

plenty of choice when it comes to treatments

is great colonial architecture, temples from

and spas. We can recommend mountain

every major religion (and a few you have never

retreats, Ayurvedic fortnights, or lovely beach

heard of ), and of course Bollywood! It is huge,

places which also offer spas and therapies. Just

noisy and chaotic, but ultimately fascinating for

let us know what you are looking for.

anyone who is prepared for the culture shock.

some lovely places to stay

• And finally ... India is a huge country and we’ve only just touched on what it has to offer. Don’t forget that there are many other gems to be discovered such as Orissa in the east (famed for its tribes and temples), Darjeeling (Himalayan scenery and tea!), Gir (in the west, only home of the Asiatic lion), and Karnataka in the south (with temples, colonial architecture and great beaches).

Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website: www.tribes.co.uk

The pool at Amarvilas, Agra

130

Imperial Hotel

DELHI

Saubhag Homestay

DELHI

Amarvilas

AGRA

www.Tribes.co.uk

A very impressive hotel right in the heart of New Delhi. Lots of colonial character and tastefully decorated.

Grand in style & size with over 190 rooms but offers a friendly (non officious) service. Excellent food.

Swimming pool & spa.

Chambal Safari Lodge

Small very friendly homestay, within easy reach of the Delhi sights.

Staying with the Dass family in one of their four ensuite guest rooms is a chance to experience Indian life.

Comfortable accommodation and a popular choice so book early!

Khem Villas

Stunningly beautiful top-of-therange hotel. Run by Oberoi this is the closest hotel to Taj Mahal. All rooms overlook the Taj. Incredible level of service, very attentive. They have their own electric vehicle shuttle transfer to the Taj.

Samode Haveli

NR AGRA

RANTHAMBHORE

JAIPUR

Great location near Chambal sanctuary and river. Located on a big farm with an area of protected woodland. Small boat trips to see the river dolphins and gharial crocodiles.

Accommodation is simple, very well run, and friendly. Own guides.

One of our favourite lodges in this area, small & freindly. Close to the entrance of the National Park, wildlife can often be seen within the lodge grounds. Private cottages and tents are beautifully furnished, and the place has a peaceful ambiance.

Great location, within the walled city of Jaipur, a short walk to the main centre. Very well preserved traditional building (a town house of nobility) with modern additions.

Each room is unique. The original old rooms are particularly stylish.

Samode Palace

NR JAIPUR

Umaid Bahwan

JODHPUR

Lake Palace

UDAIPUR

Devi Garh

NEAR UDAIPUR

Nature Heritage BHANDHAVGARH

The level of guiding is excellent at this lodge. Comfortable cottage accomodation and a good midrange option. Nice gardens, good food. The owner is heavily involved with, and well respected on, community & conservation issues.

Unique art deco palace, the last to be built in colonial times. Sits on a hill overlooking Jodhpur, surrounded by vast grounds. Great views of the city. Lovely swimming pool & big rooms. Part of it is a museum and city tours stop here.

Baghvan

Super luxury lodge in large grounds with the best guides and best vehicles in the area. Rooms are in individual cottages with bedroom, terrace & a bathroom with a rooftop machan overlooking the forest below. Service & food exceptional.

Like a floating palace in the middle of Lake Pichola built by the Royal Dynasty of Mewar in 1743. Exquisite rooms with the best rooms over looking the lake. Accessed only by boat. This is a memorable and luxurious stay.

Forsyth’s Lodge

Hidden in the Aravalli Hills is this luxurious heritage hotel. It has a rambling palace exterior but contemporary interior. The service is incredibly good and so is the food.

Spend a few days relaxing here before you fly home.

Brunton’s Boatyard

PENCH

SATPURA

KOCHI

Small eco-friendly lodge in an park only recently opened up to tourism.

Designed incorporating local traditional crafts and skills. Very good guides. Lots of personal, friendly touches – share your stories with others around the campfire.

Great location right in the centre of the historic Fort Cochin district, next to the famous Chinese fishing nets. Built on the site of a boatyard, all rooms in this new but traditional styled hotel are sea facing – watch the dolphins playing in the water.

Shahpura Bagh

SOUTHERN RAJASTHAN

Experience rural India in an untouched area of Rajasthan. Homely, family run lodge in small town, four hours from Jaipur. Beautiful gardens close to two lakes. Great bird life, super infinity pool. Very friendly, feels like you are guest of the family.

Kabini

Bhainsrogarh

SOUTHERN RAJASTHAN

Impressive looking fort built on a cliff overlooking the Chambal river in an area only just opening up to tourism. Restored to its old world charm, this boutique hotel has five characterful suites & you are treated like royalty. Staffed by local villagers.

Marari Resort

Tented camp (one of the few in this part of India), near Mukki gate of the National Park. Own good quality guides and vehicles. Nicely furnished ensuite tents. Great service and a characterful place to stay. Set in beautiful gardens.

Neeleshwar Hermitage KERALA COAST

A great place to relax on the north Kerala coast. Your wellbeing is a key theme with many Ayurvedic treatments on offer plus yoga and meditation. Explore the area by bike, take a cookery class, have a spa treatment, or just chill out.

Perfect for nature enthusiasts, this beautiful lodge sits on 10 acres of private land and has just four lovely cottages on the edge of the river.

Each one has a private machan (raised platform) which you can sleep out in. Great local village links.

Wildflower Hall

Fairytale luxury Oberoi resort in 22 acres of woodland. Grand colonial style. Excellent mountain views from the restaurants, outdoor jacuzzi and outdoor heated pool. Beautiful rooms each with a spacious marble bathroom. In house spa.

Adjacent to the tiger reserve in exclusive tree house rooms. It is jungle living with a contemporary design. Five ensuite rooms each on their own platform. View wildlife from hides in the grounds. Very personal, attentive service.

Ananda

Shergarh

KANHA

Flame of the Forest

KANHA

Tree House Hideaway BHANDHAVGARH

131

Really feels like you are staying in a palace, which you are! Beautiful historic palace, converted into a heritage hotel. One of the best in India. About 40 kms from Jaipur in lovely little walled town of Samode.

Big rooms and good service.

www.Tribes.co.uk

NAGARHOLE

KERALA COAST

SHIMLA

HIMALAYAS

Kabini is a nature lovers paradise by Nagarhole NP. This superb lodge give you a great wildlife experience, and has strong links with the local Kadu Kuruba tribe. Wild Asian elephants are the big attraction, and leopard, tigers and wild dogs are frequently seen too.

One of our favourite beach resorts in this area. Local style cottages set in 55 acres of lawns with lotus ponds.

A windbreak of coconut palms runs the length on the resort, the sandy white beach is just the other side.

Lots of on site facilities.

Energise your body, stimulate your mind, and calm your soul. Ananda is a world class spa set in the Himalayas.

Offers over 79 treatments integrating the traditional Indian systems of Ayurveda with a more contemporary Western spa approach.

India

NEPAL

A Himalayan country with vibrant cultural heritage, superb trekking and excellent wildlife Nepal is a beautiful country with a rich and vibrant cultural heritage. Here you will find the beliefs of Buddhism, Hinduism and

Nepal highlights

•

UNESCO World Heritage site of the Kathmandu Valley, with its ancient architecture

and traditional culture

monasteries, shrines and religious festivals

• • •

are fascinating. The Kathmandu Valley is a

Shamanism have melded into a unique sense of spiritualism. The many temples,

Wildlife of Chitwan and Bardia national parks, including tigers and rhino Stunning hiking opportunities, including to Mount Everest Base Camp Religious heritage linked with Buddhism, Hinduism and Shamanism, with their associated temples, monasteries and evocative spiritual and religious festivals

UNESCO World Heritage Site with a host of exquisite traditional and ancient architecture in its famous towns.

On top of this cultural aspect the country has the most breathtaking landscape, making it a top destination for trekking and river rafting.

There is a profusion of wildlife too, with some

Key facts Time:

GMT+5.45 hours.

Flights:

10 to 15 hours depending on the length of the stopover on the way.

Language: Nepali is the official language and there are many other minority languages.

English is widely spoken by people involved in the travel industry.

Visas:

Visas are required for most nationalities, including British.

Health:

There are no compulsory vaccinations.

world class national parks where you can find tigers and huge armour-plated Asian rhinos.

Best times to go

October and November and March to May are the best times for trekking. December to February is very cold in the mountains but warmer in the lowlands. The Monsoon season from June to September is very wet and humid throughout the country.

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

4

7

12

16

19

20

20

19

25

28

30

29

29

28

Oct

Nov

Dec

19

13

7

3

28

27

23

19

Min temp

2 Max temp

Flower sellers in Kathmandu market

132

www.Tribes.co.uk

18

Nepali Culture

MAKING THE MOST OF NEPAL • Getting around: Travel by road can be quite time-consuming as it is such a mountainous country, however most of the destinations of interest are linked to Kathmandu by short flights.

• Your guide: Our trips in Nepal are tailor made just for you and you will be accompanied by a private guide for the majority of your holiday.

• Lumbini: The birth place of Buddha, home to many temples and monastery from all around the world. It’s close to the Indian border (between Chitwan and Bardia).

• Everest overflight: You can fly from Kathmandu to the Himalayas in a small plane with guaranteed window seats. The trip is weather dependant, but is normally able to pass very close to Everest.

• Combining India and Nepal: This is easy to do as you can drive from Varanasi (about 1 day to Lumbini) or fly from Delhi to Kathmandu.

Durbar Square in Patan

The Kathmandu Valley

most photographed sites of the Kathmandu Valley, but there are many

The Kathmandu Valley is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Its three ancient cities are Kathmandu, Patan and Bhaktapur. Each city has its

other stupas (shrines), temples and monasteries, such as Boudhanath Stupa and Pashupantinath Temple.

own royal Durbar Square surrounded by fine temples, palaces, stupas

And don’t overlook some of the small villages of the Valley, such as

and other architectural features - many with intricate traditional Newari

Dhulikhel with its incredible Newari carving, and Nagarkot, from where

carvings. Kathmandu itself even has a temple with a living goddess.

the Himalayas are beautifully highlighted by the sunrise.

The Valley also has mountains and peaks such as the triple-peaked

Bandipur

Phulchowki (the Peak of Flowers) and Shivapuri. Both not only have beautiful flora like orchids and rhododendrons, but are also home to wildlife such as the sloth bear, leopard and barking deer.

The painted eyes of the Swayambunath Stupa is possibly one of the

If you want to see a traditional Newari village which has been more or less untouched by development until very recently, Bandipur is the place to come. As well as traditional culture and architecture, the surrounding landscape here is beautiful. It is about 4 hours drive from Kathmandu.

some lovely places to stay

Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website: www.tribes.co.uk

Spend a night at Nagarkot for panoramic views of the distant Himalayas

Kantipur

Fishtail Lodge

133

KATHMANDU

POKHARA

www.Tribes.co.uk

Traditional Newari style building close to the Thamel district and in the heart of Kathmandu. The rooms are simple but traditionally decorated and comfortable.

Restaurant and rooftop garden with fabulous views over the city .

Tiger Tops Karnali

On the shores on Lake Phewa, set in beautiful lush gardens. This lodge, on the opposite side of the lake to the busy ‘lakeside’ , is reached by hand-drawn ferry. It is quiet and peaceful with gorgeous views of the mountain reflected in the lake.

Gaun Ghar

BARDIA

BANDIPUR

An lovely lodge on the edge of the National Park with its own private entrance. Super food, great service and excellent guiding. They have a tented camp within the park and also have their own stable of elephants!

Good quality accommodation and one of our favourites. Bandipur is a showcase of Newari architecture.

The rooms in this small hotel either look out to the mountains or the attractive village. Stay here to experience the culture and scenery.

Nepal

The Annapurna Region

mountains & trekking

A classic trek in Nepal is to walk almost a complete circuit of the Annapurna range. The full circuit takes about 18 days, but there are shorter treks in the area such as to Poon Hill or Ghandrung which takes 4-5 days. These short treks starting from Pokhara get you right into the mountains on day one. They bring you into villages inhabited by many of Nepal’s different tribes and can give you an excellent insight into rural community life. The stunning views of the Annapurna range, including Fishtail Peak (Machapuchare), and the forested hills are worth the effort. Altitude is rarely a problem in this range, as you start at quite low altitude and never get above about 3000m on the short treks.

There is a great network of trails so you can be flexible about the route you take and there are lots of places to stay. You can either camp or stay in teahouses, which are simple locally-run mountain lodges in small villages. You will trek with your guide and local porters.

Around the Kathmandu Valley Some of Nepal’s most beautiful and accessible regions are not far from Kathmandu. Though not as well known as the Annapurnas or Himalayas, these areas provide excellent walking in stunning scenery.

•

Langtang National Park has peaks, valleys, sacred lakes, waterfalls, monasteries and even a glacier. It is home to musk deer, leopard, red panda and black bear, and is particularly known for its birds and flowers.

•

Helambu is just south of Langtang and at a lower altitude. It is excellent for shorter and less strenuous treks which provide a great cultural experience as well as a good walk.

•

Gundu Village is in the east of the Valley. It is an undisturbed Tamang village where the villagers have recently welcomed visitors to see their way of life and enjoy the fabulous walking in their surrounds.

The Annapurnas are perfect for trekking The Himalayas are one of the world’s most impressive mountain ranges.

The scenery is spectacular with vistas of snow-capped mountains and razor-edged ridges framing gorgeous valleys. It is rich with religious significance for Hindus and Buddhists alike and many a monastery, holy place and retreat is located in these mountains.

The trekking here is incredible and you can do anything from a gentle walk for a few hours to lengthy itineraries to Everest Base Camp.

Sagamartha National Park (Everest) As well as Mount Everest itself, Sagamartha includes other famous

Pokhara

peaks such as Lohtse and Amu Dablam. The lower slopes of the park are heavily forested and this region is home to numerous rare wildlife

the Phewa Lake, west of Kathmandu. It is a scenic day’s drive from

species such as the black bear and musk deer.

Kathmandu or a short flight. It is the gateway town to the Annapurnas

We offer treks to Everest Base Camp, which are challenging high altitude

with incredible mountains views. You can take short walks in the

treks taking 2-3 weeks, but there are other treks in the region which are of

nearby hills, or visit the temples and markets of the town.

shorter duration and less difficulty.

• Our guide for the whole trip was Prakash who paced it well and seemed to know an awful lot of other people, indeed we seemed to be welcomed as old friends and accommodated as such. The trek was just the right length and we loved it.

• Everywhere we went the people were the friendliest, most helpful we have ever had the pleasure to meet. The made our stay very memorable.

• The local people were very happy to help us experience ‘the real Nepal’ ... my hair is still pink from the enthusiastic application of tikka dye in a mountain village.

Trekking along forest paths

134

www.Tribes.co.uk

Fishtail Mountain

Read more Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website. www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

Pokhara is the town at the foot of the Annapurnas on the shores of

Bardia National Park

wildlife & nature

Set in mid-western Nepal, Bardia is the largest and most undisturbed wilderness area in the Nepalese lowlands. It was started to ensure the survival of the tiger and to conserve a representative ecosystem of this region. A range of species is found here including the swamp deer, elephants, crocodiles, dolphins, leopards, monkeys, rhinos and tigers. The area is also rich in birdlife. Wildlife viewing is done with vehicles and on elephant back.

Bardia is more remote and less developed than Chitwan, which means fewer visitors. There is a great range of activities here too, such as gentle rafting trips which combine landscape, wildlife and culture. Elephant-back safaris are available to search for tigers, and there are jeep tours, walking tours and village visits.

River Rafting Rafting is available on a few of Nepal’s rivers, Tigers are occasionally seen in Chitwan and Bardia Whether you want to spot endangered wildlife such as the tiger and the Asian one-horned rhino, or enjoy the gorgeous mountain flora and excellent birdlife, Nepal is a fabulous wildlife destination. Chitwan and Bardia are the country’s wildlife highlights, but do not overlook the option of birding in the Kathmandu Valley or in the mountains.

including the Trisuli and Seti. The most popular route takes you from an area west of Kathmandu down to Chitwan. This takes 2 days and you camp for a night on the river banks. The level of difficulty varies depending on the time of year and water levels, though it is generally suitable for beginners as it is possible to avoid the larger rapids.

Chitwan National Park Chitwan was Nepal’s first National Park, established in 1973 to protect the rare Asian one-horned rhino which was then on the verge of extinction. It has been very successful in protecting this species and they are a real draw. There are many other large mammal species here, including tigers, sloth bears, wild boars, rare antelopes and wild elephants.

Elephant-back safaris are the best way of getting through the park, lifting you above the tall grass of the terai (lowlands of Nepal). It is also possible to explore the region by jeep, on foot or by canoe.

Tharu culture Although various peoples came into the lowlands of Nepal after the 1950’s, the Tharu are the orginal inhabitants of the terai.

In both Chitwan and Bardia, whilst discovering the fabulous wildilfe of the area, you can also visit Tharu villages which are close to these parks. These visits tend to be very sensitively organised, offer a real glimpse into this unique culture, and benefit the

• Shankar was a superb guide and was keen to provide a wealth of information.

He was also interested in protecting the environment.

• At every stage of our holiday we were treated with care and felt reassured that each stage would run smoothly. The accommodation was super and it was reassuring to know that environmental and social considerations were paramount.

Elephant safaris get you above the tall grass

135

www.Tribes.co.uk

Armour-plated Asian rhino

Read more Unforgettable Experiences and Reviews written by clients on our website.

Unforgettable Experiences

communities.

Nepal

MOROCCO The romance of the desert, the hustle and bustle of the souks ... Morocco is enticing The North African country of Morocco is right on Europe’s doorstep yet it is a world apart. It is a land of ancient souks, medinas and kasbahs.

The imperial cities like Marrakech, Fez and Meknes boast a wealth of exquisite Islamic art and architecture, character and colour.

Away from the cities the High Atlas Mountains provide some excellent trekking locations through beautiful mountain scenery and you can find out about Berber culture, traditions and hospitality.

Charming coastal towns like Essaouira offer the chance to chill out, with lovely sandy beaches, pretty white-washed medinas and excellent seafood. The Sahara Desert is perhaps the ultimate place to climb magnificent sand dunes - some of the largest in the world are found at Erg Chebbi.

136

www.Tribes.co.uk

The shifting sands of the Erg Chebbi

Itinerary suggestion Day 1

Arrive in Marrakech. Transfer to

your riad.

Day 2

Morning tour of the city.

Afternoon to explore.

Day 3 Another day to enjoy the

Morocco highlights

• •

Day 4 Transfer to Imlil in the High

Souks, medinas and kasbahs!

Atlas. Lunch in Kasbah du

Imperial cities of Marrakech, Fez and Meknes with exquisite Islamic art and

Toubkal. Afternoon walk/hike

architecture

• • • •

with guide. Stay in an inn or

The beauty and silence of the Sahara Desert

hotel in the foothills.

Hiking in the Atlas Mountains and gorges such as Dades

Day 5 A day to hike, horse ride or just

Coastal resorts such as the quaint fishing port of Essaouira

relax.

Stylish accommodation in riads and kasbahs

Day 6 Transfer to Essaouira. Enjoy

Key facts

official language. This is different from

Flight time: About 3½ hours to

both classical and modern Arabic.

Marrakech direct from UK.

Visas:

Language: Moroccan Arabic is the

Health: No vaccinations are compulsory.

Not needed for British travellers.

this walled city by the sea. for a couple of days.

Day 9 Return to Marrakech for a last

night in this fascinating city.

Day 10 Morning flight home.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made

Morocco is a year round destination but Spring and Autumn tend to be the most comfortable times as regards the climate. July & August are very hot, and in mid-

The above

winter some roads can be blocked with snow. The chart below gives an idea for the

itinerary is just

climate in Marrakech.

Mar

staying at a charming riad in

Best times to go

Feb

Day 7 Relax and enjoy Essaouira

Time: GMT

Jan

charms of Marrakech.

one example to help you get started.

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

Just tell us what you want and we will arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please

Min temp

4

6

9

11

14

17

19

20

17

14

9

6

20

23

26

29

33

38

38

33

28

23

19

Max temp

18

137

www.Tribes.co.uk

see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

Morocco

Marrakech

Marrakech: on Europe’s doorstep, yet a world away The city of Marrakech, with a backdrop of the High Atlas, will draw you into its charms straight away. Explore the old walled city (medina) where the narrow alleyways of bustling markets (souks), busy mosques and the main square the Djemaa el Fna - will be your focus.

The Djemaa el Fna is the heart of the medina and throngs with life, especially on evenings

Out of Town

Eating & Cooking

High Atlas Mountains: It is only about 1½

One of the joys of travelling is tasting new

hours’ drive to get to this beautiful mountainous

dishes. We can advise you of some excellent

region. Take a day’s hike here, or perhaps stay in

places to eat in Marrakech, whether you want

a kasbah, a Berber gite or hotel for a night or two.

the unique pleasure of trying the fare at the

Essaouira: This quaint coastal town is about 2-3 hours’ drive away. Read more on page 140.

when the acrobats, musicians, storytellers

Relaxation: If you want a hammam (steam

and food sellers arrive. The city’s other main

bath) and relaxing therapies such as massage

sights include El Bahia Palace, Dar Si Said

and aromatherapy, or perhaps yoga or pilates,

Museum, Koutoubia Mosque, Majorelle (Yves

we can recommend some top spots.

St Laurent) Gardens, and the Saadian tombs.

If you like Arabic art and architecture, if you enjoy the buzz of a busy city and have an

There are also some interesting options if you would like to learn how to cook Moroccan dishes.

premium ski resort and it’s just 6 hours away.

Desert: You need at least four days to make the

enjoy Moroccan cuisine and characterful

Sahara a comfortable addition from Marrakech

places to stay, you will love Marrakech.

- unless you charter a small plane. However

whether as part of a longer itinerary or a

dining experience.

Skiing: Yes, skiing! Oukaimeden is Morocco’s

interest in Berber and Islamic culture, if you

Most people spend at least 3 days in Marrakech,

stalls in the Djemaa el Fna, or prefer a top class

there are a couple of fabulous high quality options in the rocky desert around Marrakech.

city break. If you enjoy soaking up the atmosphere of a different culture, sitting in cafes, people watching, shopping in markets, and visiting cultural sites, all of this time can be spent in Marrakech itself. However there are also other places you can visit within a relatively short distance away from the city.

138

www.Tribes.co.uk

Relaxing by the pool at La Sultana

Cooking classes at Les Jardins de la Medina

fez & Meknes

Traditional riads offer unique, charming city accommodation

Looking down onto the famous dye pits of Fez

Not just any old hotel

Fez

Marrakech can offer some truly gorgeous places to stay, mostly based

Fez was Morocco’s capital city for over 400 years from its beginnings in 789.

on traditional town houses (riads and dars) or, outside town, fortified

The two distinct towns within Fez are the old town of Fez el Bali which

dwellings (kasbahs) or caravanserais. Staying in one of these traditional

is largely mediaeval, and the ‘new’ town of Fez el Jedid. Fez medina,

buildings makes your Moroccan experience even more special in our

Morocco’s largest medina, is a Unesco World Heritage Site, and walking

view. Many of them have spas and pools and most offer excellent

through it is like stepping back in time. It is a maze of narrow alleyways

cuisine. The riads in the Marrakech are mostly in the walled medina, so

and small ‘quarters’ which have their own distinctive atmosphere.

you are right in the midst of the best place to be.

Apart from simply wandering through the maze of markets (souks),

Of course these small places are not for everyone, but there are also

some of the highlights to consider visiting include the Kairaouine

some large hotels if you prefer accommodation with more facilities.

mosque, Attarin Medersa - a 14th century Islamic school, Souk Dabbaghin -

These range from functional 3* hotels to the sumptuous world-famous

the famously noxious-smelling dye pits, Bab Boujeloud - the impressive

La Mamounia.

main entrance gate to Fez el Bali, and the Mellah or Jewish Quarter.

MAKING THE MOST OF MARRAKECH

Meknes

• Shopping: Marrakech offers some truly fabulous shopping. You have the great mix of the old town with the souks, plus the new town with some superb quality shops. Either simply enjoy wandering through the markets and shopping areas, or we can provide you with a personal shopping guide who can help you find just what you’re looking for. This might seem like an extravagance but it’s great fun and very useful.

Meknes is an imperial city about 60km from Fez. You can still see

• Hot air balloon trip: If you fancy a treat, why not consider a hot air balloon trip over the countryside around Marrakech?

• Rafting: Go rafting in the Ourika valley for a bit of excitement.

• Other activities: Also consider a half day pottery workshop, cooking classes, treasure hunts (for larger parties), day treks ...

quite, a bit of the former splendour of Meknes in the remnants of the palaces, stables, granaries, huge walls and entrance gates. As well as its architecture, Meknes has a really good souk. It is smaller and less daunting than the souks in Fez. Try some of Meknes’ famous wine and olives!

The Roman ruins of Volubilis are not far away from Meknes and well worth the visit.

• Wow. Who would ever realise that behind old unassuming walls and non-descript doors lies an oasis? This place was amazing. Beautiful.

Authentic. Words fail me! (Palais Sebban) • We were looking forward to a great family holiday combining luxury and adventure. We weren’t disappointed and the holiday exceeded our expectations.

The magic of an evening in the Djemma el Fna

139

www.Tribes.co.uk

Read more Reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

Meknes is known for its olives

Morocco

Mountains, gorges & deserts

Almond trees in flower in the valley below the Atlas Mountains

The Atlas Mountains

Dades Valley and Gorge

In Morocco, the Atlas Mountains are divided into the Middle, High and Anti-Atlas. It is the High

Known as the ‘Valley of a Thousand Kasbahs’,

Atlas which are more regularly visited by travellers. Mount Toubkal is the highest mountain at

the region stretching east from Ouarzazate

4167m. The valleys below it are fertile regions growing various different crops and almond trees,

following the course of the Dades River is full

and are home to many Berber communities. You can take advantage of excellent trekking here,

of Berber kasbahs. The area is mostly very dry,

whether you are intent on a summit attempt of Mount Toubkal itself, or simply want to enjoy

but it is punctuated by oases such as those

hikes in the lower reaches and valleys.

at Skoura, east of Ouarzazate, and Tinerhir,

There is very little in the way of facilities in the mountain villages such as Imlil and Aremd, but

gateway town to Todra Gorge.

they are thriving communities where inhabitants earn their livelihood from the land, or guiding

The town of Boumalne du Dades marks

or portering for trekkers.

the start of the spectacular Dades Gorge.

To enjoy these mountains, you can base yourself at one of the very few mountain lodges, such as Kasbah du Toubkal below. Alternatives include camping (with guides and mules to carry your gear from camp to camp), or staying in a Berber gite or guest house. Obviously the camping and Berber gites are very basic, but perfect if you want a more remote experience, or to get to know more about Berber life.

It begins as quite a wide valley with lush vegetation and kasbahs dotted throughout.

However, soon the limestone cliffs start to close in and become more contorted and dramatic and the land loses its fertility to the arid landscape. This is an excellent area for

There is a little more choice of places to stay in the foothills of the Atlas, in such small villages as

enjoying spectacular scenery and for trekking.

Ouirgane and Asni. Consider La Bergerie for some simple French style and cuisine, or Sir Richard Branson’s Kasbah Tamadot for pure luxury with spa, hammam, plus indoor and outdoor pools.

Kasbah du Toubkal

140

www.Tribes.co.uk

Trek in the Atlas through valleys & villages

Meet local people on treks in the Dades

The Saghro Between the Dades Valley and the Sahara is a region of dramatic jagged peaks, gorges and barren valleys. The Saghro is a perfect place for hiking in the winter when the High Atlas are potentially snow-bound from about November to April.

Ait Benhaddou Coming from Marrakech, just before you reach Ouarzazate, there is the tiny village of Ait Benhaddou. The ksour (group of kasbahs) here is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. It is a fascinating place, not to be missed if you’re passing this way. It is also often used as a set in films, so you might recognise it!

Camel riding from the Desert Camp in Erg Chebbi

The Desert Morocco has some truly spectacular desert.

Zagora

Sahara reaches into Morocco. Take a day trip

Zagora, south of Ouarzazate and about seven

based from a nearby kasbah or hotel, or spend

hours southeast of Marrakech, is the gateway

an adventurous night in a tent out in the middle

to the country’s other region of accessible

of the sands. There are two main centres for

desert. Whilst it does not have such huge

exploring the desert: Zagora and Erfoud.

expanses of dunes as Erg Chebbi, there are

Erg Chebbi The spectacular sight of Erg Chebbi is near the small town of Erfoud, about seven hours’

town of Tamegroute is an interesting stop too.

To get here you travel through the scenic Draa Valley (Valley of a Thousand Palms) which

closest Saharan dune field to Europe. It is an

takes you over high passes, through fertile

awe-inspiring expanse of sand with ever-

palm groves, and past villages and kasbahs.

can stay in the dunefields, ride a camel and

Heading further south M’Hamid is an even more remote area of desert we can take you to.

• Whilst we did visit the sites of Marrakesh, the desert and gorges the way Tribes had constructed the trip didn’t feel at all touristy. It felt private and exclusive and took appropriate care of the culture and surroundings of Morocco.

• Camel safaris: These are offered in many places, but don’t recommend them everywhere, only where we feel safety has been properly considered.

• The camping in the desert was truly fantastic and a real highlight of the holiday.

An undersold gem - which is 10 times better than anything we were expecting...... a camel ride to the top of the dunes to watch the sunset then back to our very own berber camp complete with double beds, a bathroom and a dining room (no, there really was, in the middle of the Sahara!).

• Staying in kasbahs: This is definitely one of the things you should try whilst in Morocco! There are various kasbahs offering accommodation, so just ask us to build one of them into your holiday.

www.Tribes.co.uk

as the large sand dunes at Tinfou. The little

sand dunes, the biggest in Morocco and the

• Deserts, Mountain & Gorges: One of the most popular trips we arrange includes time in Marrakech then all or some of the places on these two pages. This makes a wonderful 10+ day holiday taking in many of Morocco’s best sights and experiences.

141

parts which are nonetheless spectacular, such

drive southeast of Fez. It is a massive area of

we have a very special desert camp where you

• The Rif Mountains: If you want to walk in the north, using Fez as your base, take in some excellent walking in the Rif Mountains, and explore the gorgeous little town of Chefchaouen.

alternative, base yourself in Erfoud or Merzouga.

Some of it is rocky desert, but in the east the

changing colours at sunset and sunrise. Here

MAKING THE MOST OF MOROCCO

sleep overnight in a gorgeous tent. As an

Mint tea in the desert

Read reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

Ait Benhaddou

Morocco

essaouira

TAROUDANT

Superb places to relax

The sea walls of picturesque Essaouira

The impressive medina of Taroundant

Head for the beach

Taroudant

Essaouira, about two hours’ drive west of Marrakech, is probably the most attractive of Morocco’s

You could consider an overnight stop on the

coastal resorts and makes a relaxing holiday destination. Formerly known as Mogador, Essaouira

way to Essaouira to take in the walled city of

is a UNESCO World Heritage site. A long wind-swept beach leads up to a walled town enclosing

Taroudant. This is a detour, but it is a scenic

narrow streets of white and blue painted houses. Through the elegant arched gateways you

drive through the mountains. This town is

enter a charming coastal town with a relaxed atmosphere.

like a smaller version of Marrakech, with the

Essaouira is well known for its craft workshops producing a variety of wooden objects made from thuja, a local coniferous tree. The beaches are popular with surfers, and it is a great place to come and wander along the ramparts, or in the markets, and to enjoy fresh seafood at the harbour.

best-preserved town walls in Morocco. Try Dar Zitoune about 5 minutes drive away for a relaxing break, or the famous La Gazelle d’Or for real pampering.

There are some lovely places to stay here ranging from large hotels, to our personal favourites

MAKING THE MOST OF THE COAST • Activities from Essaouira: Apart from enjoying the port, charming town and beach, you could take a sailing trip, an eco-walking tour, and a tour of the Essaouira region (and souks).

• Oualidia: An alternative coastal option to Essaouira is Oualidia, further north. La Sultana’s stunning 5* hotel and spa, or the Hippocampe are both on the lagoon.

• An amazing holiday. A pleasant mix of rest and relaxation and things to do.

Exactly as we asked for.

• The fishing port of Essaouira (and Riad Watier) should be on everybody’s must visit list. Also, Oualidia is nothing but the Hippocampe Hotel/Restaurant was a gem. To be able to sit on their terrace overlooking the lagoon and the Atlantic Ocean with a bottle of wine - priceless.

• We had a wonderful holiday & enjoyed the two contrasting venues Marrakesh & Essaouira. The accomodation chosen by Tribes for us were both excellent.

On the rooftop of Villa Maroc

142

www.Tribes.co.uk

Essaouira’s walled town & expansive beach

Read more Reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

which are the small characterful riads.

some lovely places to stay

Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our website: www.tribes.co.uk

Kasbah Tamadot in the Atlas Mountains

Ocean Vagabond

ESSAOUIRA

Stylish, homely accommodation in a spacious riad with a gorgeous courtyard swimming pool. There are seven rooms in the main building.

Lots of nice touches, some rooms have CDs and CD players, and three roof terraces to relax on.

Villa Maroc

ESSAOUIRA

A sophisticated Moroccan-owned riad with a renowned restaurant.

This is an upmarket and stylish riad, one of our favourites in Marrakech.

Eleven rooms, four are superior.

There is an indoor pool and massages are also offered. Elegant relaxation.

Kasbah du Toubkal

ATLAS MOUNTAINS

An incredible location with 360° mountain views. Perched above the village of Imlil, this authentic kasbah has good mix of rooms all traditonally styled. Excellent responsible travel ethics, staff are local. A great place to stay.

Top end luxury riad known for its great spa. La Sultana is five riads joined together, each themed differently with 28 rooms in total.

A huge rooftop terrace, with a bar, overlooks the Saadian Tombs.

Member of ‘Small Luxury Hotels’.

Kasbah Agounsane

ATLAS MOUNTAINS

Super location, fabulous pool and always great feedback! In the Ourika Valley, about 30 minutes from Marrakech, Agounsane offers nine suites full of Berber character.

Stunning views of the mountains.

Lots of things to do. Good food.

Jardins de la Medina MARRAKECH

The soul of a riad, the spirit of a hotel. Just outside the main city, it is surrounded by beautiful gardens.

Great spa facilities (own hamman), big swimming pool and good restaurant. You can also learn to cook Morocco dishes here.

Kasbah ben Moro

La Pause

A great desert experience but don’t expect sand dunes! No time to venture into the heart of the desert?

La Pause provides a great option.

About an hour from Marrakech, this oasis offers desert activities inc. camel rides.

Sahara Desert Camp

DESERT

A 17th century family run riad in the heart of the Fez medina. Ideal for relaxing in historic surroundings.

A choice of different suites. Hamman and massage on site. Great rooftop restaurant ‘Dar Tajine’ renowned for superb home cooking.

The Desert Inn

DESERT

MARRAKECH

Riad Noga

MARRAKECH

Riad Kniza

MARRAKECH

La Sultana

MARRAKECH

NEAR MARRAKECH

Hilltop sitting area

Dar el Ghalia

143

Boutique hotel, close to the beach with nice big gardens, pool and lovely spa. Spacious and uniquely decorated rooms. Some interconnecting, so good for families.

Lovely seating areas, large Africanstyle bar, good facilities.

Very traditional but unusually spacious riad in a great location only about 10 minutes from the main square. Big roof terrace, outdoor dining and pool area with hamman on site. Very friendly staff and nice variety of rooms.

Palais Sebban

www.Tribes.co.uk

FEZ

NEAR DADES

The simple yet stylish Villa Maroc is set within two 18th century riads in Essaouira’s medina. You can enjoy the spa , and the rooftop terrace overlooing the waterfront is a great place to relax. It doesn’t have all mod cons, but we highly recommend it.

Beautifully restored authentic mud kasbah with modern comforts.

Simple but charming rooms are offered in this 17th century building.

A good place to base yourself when exploring the local area. Roof terrace with stunning views.

Amidst spectacular sand dunes near Erg Chebbi this luxury camp offers 12 ensuite tents. Enjoy the tranquility of the desert and experience the most fantastic sunrises and sunsets. Dine by candlelight underneath the stars.

A great place to relax on the edge of the desert. This guesthouse (known by many names) fuses traditional with modern. Relax under the shade of a tree in the large grounds or play a game of tennis before cooling off in the pool.

Morocco

JORDAN

Little Petra: worth a visit as well a the main site

Incredible history, beautiful desert scenery and vibrant culture Numerous remarkable civilizations have made Jordan their home. Moses saw the promised land from Jordan, and later John the Baptist lived here. The Nabateans built their capital at Petra, and the Romans built the Decapolis cities of Jerash, Umm Qais and Philadelphia (now Amman).

Great Crusader castles were built in the Middle Ages, and Lawrence of Arabia was based here.

Today Jordan is a peaceful country with a tremendous cultural legacy. Add to this the stunning landscapes, unique flora and fauna, the opportunities for hiking, horse riding and other activities, and the tremendous hospitality of the modern day Jordanians, and you have a brilliant destination for a holiday.

For nature and wildlife, the national parks at Shawmari, Dana and Wadi Rum are home to the rare Arabian oryx, ostriches, gazelles, and many bird species. For relaxation, the shores of salty waters of the Dead Sea have several spa resorts, while the coral reefs of the Red Sea are easily accessible from Aqaba. The traditional Bedouin cultures of the desert tribes give this Middle Eastern country a sense of the exotic.

144

www.Tribes.co.uk

Red Sea coral reefs near Aqaba

Petra’s treasury from the Siq

Jordan highlights

• • •

Petra – the rose red city carved into the rock Salty waters of the Dead Sea Incredible historical monuments from Biblical times. Crusades castles and

Roman cities

• • • • •

Breathtaking desert landscapes at Lawrence of Arabia’s Wadi Rum Wildlife reserves home to the rare Arabian oryx The hospitality of Jordan’s Arabic and Bedouin people Great hiking and horse riding The coral reefs and beaches of the Red Sea at Aqaba

Key facts Time:

GMT+3 hours.

Visas:

Flights:

5 hours direct from UK.

which you can get on arrival at Amman

All British citizens need a visa

Health:

Language: Jordan’s official language

No compulsory vaccinations.

Itinerary suggestion Day 1 Arrive late in Amman.

Day 2 Tour of Ajloun National Park

& Jerash. Return to Amman.

Day 3: Tour of the Desert Castles

and Shawmari National Park.

Return to Amman.

Day 4: Drive to the Dead Sea via

Madaba and Mt Nebo.

Afternoon free at Dead Sea. Day 5: Drive to Dana. Afternoon

tour of the Nature Reserve.

Day 6: 5 hour hike downhill from

Dana to Wadi Finan. Stay at

Wadi Feynan Lodge.

Day 7: Explore Wadi Feynan. Then

visit Little Petra.

Day 8: A day’s guided tour of Petra.

Day 9: Drive to Wadi Rum for

afternoon jeep tour of the

desert. Camping.

Day 10: Morning to explore Wadi

Rum. Drive to Amman Day 11: To airport for flight home.

is Arabic, but English is widely spoken.

Remember all Tribes holidays are tailor made

Best times to go

The above

April to early June and October to November are the best times to travel in Jordan as

itinerary is just

the weather is mostly warm and sunny but not too hot, with little rain.

one example to help you get started.

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug Sept

Oct

Just tell us what you want and we will

Nov

Dec

arrange everything to fit your wishes or suggest alternatives for you to consider.

For more ideas about itineraries please

Min temp

4

4

6

9

14

16

18

18

17

14

10

6

13

16

23

28

31

32

32

31

27

21

15

Max temp

12

145

www.Tribes.co.uk

see our website or call us to discuss your needs. www.tribes.co.uk

Jordan

historical sites

Petra One of the most famous archaeological sites in the Middle East, it is impossible to visit Jordan without spending at least a day at Petra.

Immortalised as the ‘rose red city half as old as time’, the wonderful history, archaeology and scenery of Petra is outstanding.

The Nabateans hid their capital city within a maze of ravines and constructed an elaborate system of channels to supply it with fresh water. Whilst the most striking feature of modern Petra is its monumental tombs, Petra wasn’t designed to be a city of the dead but a thriving capital with as many as thirty-thousand inhabitants at its height.

The setting for this city is unmatched, reached via a narrow rock gorge called the ‘Siq’. The first building you come to is the impressive Treasury.

It is also worth making the long climb up to the Monastery (El Deir). A much longer and more strenuous climb takes you to Aaron’s tomb on top of Mount Hor. Little Petra is just a short distance from Petra, and is, as the name suggests, like a small version of the main site. It even has a short Siq, and there are some impressive 1st century AD frescoes.

Desert & Crusader Castles Most of Jordan’s crusader castles such as Kerak and Shoubak were built in the early 12th century. Many have been partially restored. They are some of the finest works of military architecture in the Middle East, and their commanding positions offer great views over the countryside.

The desert castles are imposing and isolated early Islamic structures.

They were used as caravanserais, retreats, resthouses and bath-houses.

Shoubak castle on the Kings highway

MAKING THE MOST OF JORDAN • Guides & transport: We arrange trips on a private basis. You will have your own transport with a driver and/or guide. Drivers tend not to speak English, but the guides are all very well qualified and speak excellent English. You may have one guide throughout, but Jordan tends to work more on a regional basis so you are more likely have a different guides in different regions. If you have a preference for the same guide throughout, we can arrange this though.

• The Kings highway: This ancient road runs north to south through the country. It winds through rural Jordan, passing villages and crusader castles. It’s not the quick way to drive across country, but it is the interesting way, and we tend to suggest using it at least in one direction.

Petra by night - a special experience

146

www.Tribes.co.uk

• Petra by night: About three times a week there is a fabulous event whereby you can go down the Siq as far as the Treasury with only candles lighting your way. Total silence is maintained on the walk to the Treasury, and on arrival you are given mint tea and enjoy traditional music.

Jerash & the Decapolis Cities Jerash was one of the important Graeco-Roman cities which, around the first century BC, were known as the Decapolis. This group of ten cities also included Amman, Umm Qais and Pella.

Jerash is one of the most dramatic and explorable ancient cities in the Middle East. You can see the highlights of the city in a couple of hours, but you can spend a full day exploring the colonnaded main street, Oval Plaza, theatres, temples, monuments and churches.

Amman is the modern capital city and has some interesting archaeological sites, as well as shops, markets, restaurants and hotels.

The Biblical Lands Of course Jordan is also part of the Holy Land and has a number of sites with biblical interest.

Mount Nebo is said to be the spot from where Moses saw the Promised Land, and today a church here houses an impressive display of ancient mosaics. One church in Madaba has a Byzantine mosaic map of the Holy Land. The baptism site at Bethany on the east bank of the Jordan River is thought to be where John the Baptist lived and preached, and where Jesus was baptised.

the landscape

Explore the fascinating Roman site of Jerash

Walkers in Wadi Rum desert

Walkers in Wadi Rum desert

The Dead Sea The shores of the Dead Sea are the lowest land point on Earth at 400m below sea level. The unbelievably salty waters are legendary for their healing properties and this is a great place to relax on the beach or go for a float! The high salt content of the Dead Sea (around 30%) kills off any chance of marine life, hence the name. This is a peaceful place to just chill out for a day or two.

Wadi Rum Wadi Rum is a spectacular area of desert flanked by steep cliffs, with hidden canyons and some very remote and beautiful areas to explore. Many civilisations have passed this way and all have left their mark. Wadi Rum is famed for being the place where Lawrence of Arabia met the Arab forces and together they planned their assault on the Ottomans, riding through Wadi Rum to Aqaba. Today the wadi is a brilliant place for walking, jeep tours and for camping under the stars.

Most companies offer camping in the large public campsites here. Tribes, however, does not like to use these places and instead offers private camping either in standard tents or, for a really authentic experience, in large Bedouin tents (see photo over page).

Dana Nature Reserve Dana Nature Reserve protects a large area of mountains, wadis (dry river beds) and desert.

Centred around Wadi Dana, a spectacular ravine starts at the top of the Great Rift Valley escarpment and stretches down to the desert. Dana supports a diversity of vegetation around the streams that run through it. It is a haven for birdlife with 214 bird species having been recorded, plus there is a good variety of reptiles and mammals. Dana Village has been occupied since about 4000BC. Today the village is being restored and becoming a thriving community.

This is a spectacular area for hiking (see over for a long hike), and a popular option is the half day hike from Dana downhill to Wadi Feynan.

147

www.Tribes.co.uk

Jordan

the landscape

some lovely places to stay

From top class hotels to private Bedouin camping in Wadi Rum! Tribes takes pride in offering you a special range of accommodation that we know personally. You can use our rECOgnition rating to find the most sustainable places to stay too (see page 6 for explanation).

Here are just a few of our favourites, but you will find much more detail (and more photos), plus a much wider range of places to stay on our

Hike from Dana to Petra

website: www.tribes.co.uk

Taybet Zaman

PETRA

Dana Guest House

DANA

Wadi Feynan Lodge

DANA

There is a little-used and wonderful 6-day trek which takes you from the beautiful scenery of Dana Nature Reserve, skirts the Jordanian Desert, and picks up an ancient Bedouin migration route that leads through the mountains to the famed rose red city of Petra.

Few westerners have crossed this dramatic terrain, and apart from your support team, you are likely to have the mountains to yourself.

Complete the trek by hiking from Little Petra to finish at the Monastery high above the city of Petra. An awe-inspiring end!

The Red Sea Jordan has a small strip of Red Sea coast at Aqaba. This is just east of Eilat. There are some good beaches and the waters of the Red Sea are famous for their unspoilt coral reefs. The Red Sea is a year-round destination but the winters will be warm rather than hot.

Shawmari Wildlife Reserve To the east of Amman, Shawmari was established to reintroduce native wildlife such as the rare white Arabian oryx. Today there are over 80 oryx as well as 40 ostrich and six onagers (a type of wild ass).

MAKING THE MOST OF JORDAN • On the beach: Currently, the only hotels in Aqaba which have a beach front are 5* rated properties such as the Movenpick or Intercontinental.

These are all quite costly options. There are alternatives we are happy to recommend, but these won’t have a private beach. Instead, you need to drive each day to a public beach.

• Accommodation: Jordan has some good accommodation but much of it is what we class as ‘international standard’ - in other words not small characterful places. These do exist, but not everywhere. Wherever possible we will give you the choice of unusual and more personal places to stay, but when not available, we use 4* and 5* properties.

148

www.Tribes.co.uk

Movenpick

DEAD SEA

This unique, award-winning resort just outside Petra was once a deserted village. Old village houses are now 105 comfortable rooms, each with modern facilities. There is a swimming pool, Arabic bath and restaurant. A small market sells locally produced goods.

At the edge of Wadi Dana with dramatic views over the gorge and reserve, the Guest House offers simple, comfortable rooms with clean communal bathrooms. It is run by the Royal Society for Conservation of Nature for the benefit of the local community.

Developed by the Royal Society for the Conservation of Nature, Feynan Lodge is in the arid mountains of Wadi Feynan at the bottom of Dana Reserve.

An atmospheric retreat, it offers simple but comfortable rooms, with local Bedouin staff.

A luxury Dead Sea spa hotel, the large Movenpick is styled as a village. The various rooms are all high standard and well-appointed. There is a fabulous spa here, which is one of the main reasons for booking.

• Everyone was very welcoming and we stopped for mint tea and a chat on several occasions. Due to travelling more or less the length of Jordan and back we witnessed the most extraordinary landscape, continually changing.

• I felt that in the main this holiday helped us get under the skin of Jordan and gave us access to local people and culture in a way that a tour or even backpacking could never do in a two week period.

• Petra, Wadi Rum, snorkelling in the Red sea and floating in the Dead sea - fantastic.

Read more Reviews and Unforgettable Experiences written by clients on our website: www.tribes.co.uk.

Unforgettable Experiences

Arriving at Petra’s monastery having walked from Dana

Jordan

When to go where

This short guide offers food for thought about when to travel to a

The grey shaded areas denote possible best weather. However,

destination. There is also advice on each country page in this brochure,

depending on your reasons for travelling, your choice may not be as

and we have more specific ideas of where to go when on our website.

simple as avoiding the rainy times, so please call us for advice too.

Destinations

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

June

July

Aug

Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

Botswana Okavango & North

Green season, great birding

Start of annual Delta flood

Elephants in Chobe

Kalahari Desert

Extremely hot

Brazil Rio de Janeiro The Amazon

Hotter, wetter, busier Main southern Amazon rains

The Pantanal

Hotter, wetter, busier

Carnival Flooded season in northern Amazon

Rainy season in south

Hot & wet

Main rains begin

Salvador & NE Brazil

Often rainy

Ecuador Galapagos Islands The Andean regions

Quite windy

Hot days. Good underwater visibility

Waved Albatross mating season

Rainy season

Rainforest regions

Main rains in Napo region

Kapawi rainy season

India General

Best for wildlife

Best for wildlife Heaviest rains in south

Monsoon season

Very hot & humid

Jordan General

Can be very cold

Very hot

Kenya General

Long rains

Short rains

Masai Mara

Annual migration is in the Masai Mara

The coast

Best for snorkelling & diving

General

Long rains

Excellent for sailing

Cool days

Malawi Short rains

Windy on lake

Mauritius General

Hot & wet

Sunny and dry

Morocco General

Ascents of Mount Toubkal possible Very hot

Can be very cold

Mozambique The coast

Rainy season

Nepal General

Good trekking

Peru General

Rwanda

Inti Raymi

No Inca Trail treks Rainy season

General

Monsoon season

Good trekking Good for jungle clay licks

24th June

Short rains

Long rains

South Africa The Western Cape Kruger, KZN & the East Flora & Fauna

Tanzania General

Uganda

Often very cool, overcast or rainy

Generally dry with warm/hot days

Generally dry with warm days and cool nights Namaqualand Sardine Run Whale watching

Rainy season Turtle hatching Calving in southern Serengeti

General

Excellent birding

General

Excellent birding Main rains

Zambia

Generally dry with warm/hot days Becoming hotter & rainy

flowers

Long rains

Tarangire & Katavi at their best

Long rains

Short rains Short rains

Becoming hot

Excellent birding

Excellent birding Bat migration in Kasanka

Where to go when

the trip we said “Thank you Tribes you got it right again.” Our consultant took infinite trouble to “ Throughout get to know us, our interests and what we wanted to get out of this special trip to celebrate our birthdays.

Throughout the planning stage she was always there for us with ideas, alternatives and advice. She happily incorporated parts of the trip we ourselves specified, came up with brilliant ways of structuring the itinerary without exhausting us, and dealt with a last-minute crisis without batting an eye-lid - and at no extra cost!

“ “ Very impressed with advice I received before booking to ensure I went at the right time to see Waved Albatross. “ I gave them a short (and slightly vague) brief, which they interpreted “ We can only sing praise for the Tribes team.perfectly and professionally. “ Really took on board our thoughts on where we wanted to go and, quite rightly, advised us that it was “ambitious” (my “word) for the time allocated. Put together a perfect package that ticked as many boxes as possible - could not have been more pleased. This was a truly memorable holiday - one of the best, in fact. “

The Tribes Foundation The Tribes Foundation is an independent UK-registered charity which backs poverty alleviation, education, cultural preservation and conservation projects within regions affected by tourism. Tribes Travel supports the foundation and by booking with Tribes, you are helping some really great projects.

Have a look at some of the projects we back at: www.the-tribes-foundation.org

th Down to Ear holidays Adventure. Comfort. Authenticity.

Down to Earth holidays Genuinely good, more affordable holidays offering adventure, comfort and authenticity This is a range of imaginative set itinerary holidays by Tribes for the times when a tailor made holiday is not an option or you prefer to travel with others.

affordable adventures -inNepal Genuinely good, more- South Africa - Tanzania - India

Ecuador - Peru - Kenya - Morocco

Ask us to send you a brochure, or take a peek at www.downtoearthholidays.com

The Old Dairy, Wood Fame, Ipswich Road, Otley, Suffolk IP6 9JW Tel: 01473 890499 Email: info@tribes.co.uk

www.tribes.co.uk

This limited-run brochure was printed on eco-friendly paper with Forest Stewardship Council certification.